-
1 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
2 πούς
πούς, ὁ, ποδός, ποδί, πόδα (not ποῦν, Thom.Mag.p.257 R.): dat.pl. ποσί, [dialect] Ep.and Lyr. ποσσί (also Cratin.100(lyr.)), πόδεσσι, onceA (lyr.): gen.and dat. dual ποδοῖν, [dialect] Ep.ποδοῖιν Il.18.537
:—[dialect] Dor. nom. [full] πός (cf. ἀρτίπος, πούλυπος, etc.) Lyr.Adesp.72, but [full] πούς Tab.Heracl.2.34 (perh. Hellenistic); [full] πῶς· πός, ὑπὸ Δωριέων, Hsch. (fort. [full] πός· πούς, ὑ.Δ.); [dialect] Lacon. [full] πόρ, Id. (on the accent v. Hdn.Gr.2.921, A.D. Adv.134.24):—foot, both of men and beasts, Il.7.212, 8.339 (both pl.), etc.; in pl., also, a bird's talons, Od.15.526; arms or feelers of a polypus, Hes.Op. 524: properly the foot from the ankle down wards, Il.17.386;ταρσὸς ποδός 11.377
, 388; ξύλινος π., of an artificial foot, Hdt.9.37: but also of the leg with the foot, as χείρ for the arm and hand, Il.23.772, Od.4.149, Luc.Alex.59.2 foot as that with which one runs,πόδας ὠκὺς Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.215
, al.; or walks, ; freq. with reference to swiftness,περιγιγνόμεθ' ἄλλων πύξ τε.. ἠδὲ πόδεσσιν Od.8.103
; ποσὶν ἐρίζειν to race on foot, Il.13.325, cf. 23.792;πόδεσσι πάντας ἐνίκα 20.410
, cf. Od.13.261;ἀέθλια ποσσὶν ἄροντο Il.9.124
, etc.; ποδῶν τιμά, αἴγλα, ἀρετά, ὁρμά, Pi.O.12.15, 13.36, P.10.23, B.9.20;ἅμιλλαν ἐπόνει ποδοῖν E.IA 213
(lyr.): the dat. ποσί ([etym.] ποσσί, πόδεσσι) is added to many Verbs denoting motion, π. βήσετο, παρέδραμον, Il.8.389, 23.636; π. θέειν, πηδᾶν, σκαίρειν, πλίσσεσθαι, ib. 622,21.269, 18.572, Od.6.318;ὀρχεῖσθαι Hes.Th.3
;ἔρχεσθαι Od.6.39
; ;νέρθε δὲ ποσσὶν ἤϊε μακρὰ βιβάς Il.7.212
; also emphatically with Verbs denoting to trample or tread upon,πόσσι καταστείβοισι Sapph.94
;ἐπεμβῆναι ποδί S.El. 456
; πόδα βαίνειν, v. βαίνω A.11.4; πόδα τιθέναι to journey, Ar.Th. 1100: metaph., νόστιμον ναῦς ἐκίνησεν πόδα started on its homeward way, E.Hec. 940 (lyr.); νεῶν λῦσαι ποθοῦσιν οἴκαδ'.. πόδα ib. 1020; χειρῶν ἔκβαλλον ὀρείους πόδας ναός, i. e. oars, Tim.Pers. 102; φωνὴ τῶν π. τοῦ ὑετοῦ sound of the pattering of rain, LXX 3 Ki. 18.41.3 as a point of measurement, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς from head to foot, Il.18.353;ἐκ κεφαλῆς ἐς πόδας ἄκρους 16.640
; and reversely,ἐκ ποδῶν δ' ἄνω.. εἰς ἄκρον κάρα A.Fr. 169
; ; alsoἐκ τριχὸς ἄχρι ποδῶν AP5.193
(Posidipp. or Asclep.); ἐς κορυφὰν ἐκ ποδός ib.7.388 ([place name] Bianor).4 πρόσθε ποδός or ποδῶν, προπάροιθε ποδῶν, just before one, Il.23.877,21.601, 13.205;τὸ πρὸ ποδὸς.. χρῆμα Pi.I.8(7).13
;αὐτὰ τὰ πρὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὁρᾶν X.Lac.3.4
, cf.An.4.6.12, Pl.R. 432d.b παρά or πὰρ ποδός off-hand, at once,ἀνελέσθαι πὰρ ποδός Thgn.282
;γνόντα τὸ πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.3.60
, cf.10.62; close at hand,Id.
O.1.74; but παραὶ ποσὶ κάππεσε θυμός sank to their feet, Il.15.280; in a moment,S.
Ph. 838 (lyr.), Pl.Sph. 242a; close behind, Νέμεσις δέ γε πὰρ πόδας (leg. πόδα) βαίνει Prov. ap. Suid.; also immediately afterwardsPlb.
1.35.3,5.26.13, Gal.5.272;παρὰ π. οἱ ἔλεγχοι Luc.Hist. Conscr.13
, cf. Aristid.2.115 J.; at his very feet,Pl.
Tht. 174a; περὶ τῶν παρὰ πόδας καὶ τῶν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ib.c;τὸ πλησίον καὶ παρὰ π. Luc.Cal.1
.c ἐν ποσί in one's way, close at hand,τὸν ἐν π. γινόμενον Hdt.3.79
, cf. Pi.P.8.32;τἀν ποσὶν κακά S.Ant. 1327
, cf. E.Andr. 397;τοὐν ποσὶν κακόν Id.Alc. 739
;τὴν ἐν ποσὶ [κώμην] αἱρεῖν Th.3.97
; everyday matters,Pl.
Tht. 175b, cf.Arist.Pol. 1263a18, etc.d τὸ πρὸς ποσί, = τὸ ἐν ποσί, S.OT 130.e all these phrases are opp. ἐκ ποδῶν out of the way, far off, writtenἐκποδών Hdt.6.35
, etc.; also,βίαια πάντ' ἐκ ποδὸς ἐρύσαις Pi.N.7.67
.5 to denote close pursuit, ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι follow in the track, i.e. close behind, Plb.3.68.1, cf. D.S.20.57, D.H.2.33, etc.;ἐκ ποδῶν διώξαντες Plu.Pel.11
.b in earlier writers κατὰ πόδας on the heels of a person, Hdt.5.98, Th.3.98, 8.17, X.HG2.1.20, LXXGe.49.19 (also on the moment,Pl.
Sph. 243d); ἡ κατὰ πόδας ἡμέρα the very next day, Plb.1.12.1 (but κατὰ πόδας αἱρεῖν catch it running, X.Cyr.1.6.40, cf. Mem.2.6.9): c. gen. pers., κατὰ πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν, ἰέναι, march, come close at his heels, on his track, Hdt.9.89, Th.5.64; τῇ κατὰ π. ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας on the day immediately after it, Plb.3.45.5;κατὰ π. τῆς μάχης Aristid. 1.157J.
, etc.6 various phrases:b ἐπὶ πόδα backwards facing the enemy, ἐπὶ π. ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀνάγειν, ἀναχάζεσθαι, to retire without turning to fly, leisurely, X.An. 5.2.32, Cyr.3.3.69, 7.1.34, etc.; alsoἐπὶ πόδας Luc.Pisc.12
; but γίνεται ἡ ἔξοδος οἷον ἐπὶ πόδας the offspring is as it were born feetforemost, Arist.GA 752b14.c περὶ πόδα, properly of a shoe, round the foot, i.e. fitting exactly,ὡς ἔστι μοι τὸ χρῆμα τοῦτο περὶ πόδα Pl.Com.197
, cf. 129: c. dat.,ὁρᾷς ὡς ἐμμελὴς ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ περὶ πόδα τῇ ἱστορίᾳ Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
, cf. Ind.10, Pseudol.23.d ὡς ποδῶνἔχει as he is off for feet, i. e. as quick as he can,ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον [τάχιστα] ἐβοήθεον Hdt.6.116
;ἐδίωκον ὡς ποδῶν ἕκαστος εἶχον Id.9.59
;φευκτέον ὡς ἔχει ποδῶν ἕκαστος Pl.Grg. 507d
; so, (lyr.).e ἔξω τινὸς πόδα ἔχειν keep one's foot out of a thing, i. e. be clear of it,ἔξω κομίζων πηλοῦ πόδα Id.Ch. 697
;πημάτων ἔξω πόδα ἔχει Id.Pr. 265
;ἐκτὸς κλαυμάτων S.Ph. 1260
;ἔξω πραγμάτων E.Heracl. 109
: without a gen., ἐκτὸς ἔχειν πόδα Pi.P.4.289: opp.εἰς ἄντλον ἐμβήσῃ πόδα E.Heracl. 168
;ἐν τούτῳ πεδίλῳ.. πόδ' ἔχων Pi.O.6.8
.f ἀμφοῖν ποδοῖν, etc., to denote energetic action, Ar.Av.35, cf. Il.13.78;συνέχευε ποσὶν καὶ χερσὶν 15.364
; ;τιμωρήσειν χειρὶ καὶ ποδὶ καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει Aeschin.2.115
, cf.3.109; τερπωλῆς ἐπέβημεν ὅλῳ ποδί with all the foot, i.e. entirely, A.R.4.1166, cf.D.Chr.13.19 (prob.);καταφεύγειν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ὥσπερ ἐκ δυοῖν ποδοῖν Aristid.1.117J.
; opp. ; .g τὴν ὑπὸ πόδα [κατάστασιν] just below them, Plb.2.68.9; ὑπὸ πόδας τίθεσθαι trample under foot, scorn, Plu.2.1097c; οἱ ὑπὸ πόδα those next below them (in rank), Onos.25.2; ὑπὸ πόδα χωρεῖν recede, decline, of strength, Ath. [voice] Med. ap.Orib. inc.21.16.k ἁλιεῖς ἀπὸ ποδός prob. fishermen who fish from the land, not from boats, BGU221.5 (i1/iii A. D.); ποτίσαι ἀπὸ ποδός perh. irrigate by the feet (of oxen turning the irrigation-wheel), PRyl.157.21 (ii A. D.); τόπον.. ἀπὸ ποδὸς ἐξηρτισμένον dub. sens. in POsl.55.11 (ii/iii A. D.).1ἀγγεῖον.. τρήματα ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ ποδὸς ἔχον
round the bottom,Dsc.
2.72.7 πούς τινος, as periphr. for a person as coming, etc., σὺν πατρὸς μολὼν ποδί, i.e. σὺν πατρί, E.Hipp. 661;παρθένου δέχου πόδα Id.Or. 1217
, cf. Hec. 977, HF 336;χρόνου πόδα Id.Ba. 889
(lyr.), Ar.Ra. 100; also ἐξ ἑνὸς ποδός, i.e. μόνος ὤν, S.Ph.91; οἱ δ' ἀφ' ἡσύχου π., i.e. οἱ ἡσύχως ζῶντες, E.Med. 217.II metaph., of things, foot, lowest part, esp. foot of a hill, Il.2.824, 20.59 (pl.), Pi.P.11.36, etc.; of a table, couch, etc., Ar.Fr. 530, X.Cyr.8.8.16, etc.; cf. πέζα; of the side strokes at the foot of the letter Ω, Callias ap.Ath.10.454a; = ποδεών 11.1,ἀσκοῦ.. λῦσαι π. E.Med. 679
.2 in a ship, πόδες are the two lower corners of the sail, or the ropes fastened therelo, by which the sails are tightened or slackened, sheets (cf.ποδεών 11.4
), Od.5.260; χαλᾶν πόδα ease off the sheet, as is done when a squall is coming, E.Or. 707; τοῦ ποδὸς παρίει let go hold of it, Ar.Eq. 436;ἐκδοῦναι ὀλίγον τοῦ ποδός Luc.Cont.3
; ἐκπετάσουσι πόδα ναός (with reference to the sail), E.IT 1135 (lyr.): opp. τεῖναι πόδα haul it tight, S.Ant. 715; ναῦς ἐνταθεῖσα ποδί a ship with her sheet close hauled, E.Or. 706;κὰδ' δ'.. λαῖφος ἐρυσσάμενοι τανύοντο ἐς πόδας ἀμφοτέρους A.R.2.932
;ἱστία.. ἐτάνυσσαν ὑπ' ἀμφοτέροισι πόδεσσι Q.S.9.438
.b perh. of the rudder or steering-paddle,αἰεὶ γὰρ πόδα νηὸς ἐνώμων Od.10.32
(cf. Sch.ad loc.);πὰρ ποδὶ ναός Pi.N.6.55
.III a foot, as a measure of length, = 4 palms ([etym.] παλασταί ) or 6 fingers, Hdt.2.149, Pl.Men. 82c, etc.IV foot in Prosody, Ar.Ra. 1323 (lyr.), Pl.R. 400a, Aristox. Harm.p.34 M., Heph.3.1, etc.; so of a metrical phrase or passage,ἔκμετρα καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν π. Luc.Pr.Im.18
; of a long passage declaimed in one breath, , cf. Luc.Demon.65, Poll.4.91.V boundary stone, Is.Fr.27. (Cf. Lat. pes, Goth. fotus, etc. 'foot'; related to πέδον as noted by Arist. IA 706a33.) -
3 ἀνάγω
I lead up from a lower place to a higher,ἐς Ολυμπον Thgn.1347
, E.Ba. 289;πρὸς τὸ ὄρος X.An.3.4.28
; ἱερὸν ἀ. ξόανον, of the Trojan horse, E.Tr. 525; ὁ πέπλος ἀνάγεται εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Pl Euthphr.6c.2 lead up to the high sea, carry by sea,λαὸν ἀνήγαγεν ἐνθάδ' ἀείρας Il.9.338
; , cf. 6.292;στρατὸν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Hdt.7.10
.θ: but freq. = simple ἄγω, conduct, carry to a place, Il.8.203, Od.3.272; ἀ. ναῦν put a ship to sea, Hdt.6.12, 7.100, etc.; ἀνάγειν abs. in the same sense, Id.3.41, 8.76, cf. D.23.169:—but this is more common in [voice] Med., v. infr. B.I.3 take up from the coast into the interior, Od.14.272; esp. from Asia Minor into Central Asia, ἀ. παρὰ orὡς βασιλέα Hdt. 6.119
, X.HG1.4.6, An.2.6.1, etc.; from Piraeus to Athens, Id.HG2.4.8.4 bring up, esp. from the dead,ἀ. εἰς φάος Hes.Th. 626
; , S.Fr. 557 ([voice] Pass.);τῶν φθιμένων ἀ. A.Ag. 1023
, cf. E.Alc. 985; κλίνει κἀνάγει πάλιν lays low and brings up again, S.Aj. 131;ἐκ λεχέων ἀ. φάμαν παλαιάν
waken up, revive, renew,Pi.
I.4(3).22.5 ἀ. χορόν conduct the choir, Hes.Sc. 280, E.Tr. 326, Th.3.104; ἀ. θυσίαν, ὁρτήν celebrate.., Hdt.2.48,60, al., cf. Act.Ap. 7.41; sacrifice, (ii B. C.).6 lift up, raise, ;τὸ ὄμμα ἀ. ἄνω Pl.R. 533d
; ἀ. τὰς ὀφρῦς, = ἀνασπᾶν, Plu. 2.975c;ἂν πυκτεύοντες ἀνάγωσιν ἑαυτούς Id.2.541b
.7 ἀ. παιᾶνα lift up a paean, S.Tr. 210; ἄναγε πολύδακρυν ἁδονάν, of a song of lamentation, E.El. 126; .8 ἀ. εἰς τιμήν raise to honour, Plu.Num.16;τίμιον ἀ. τινά E.HF 1333
; elevate, οἱ εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ἀνάγοντες [ἀστρονομίαν] Pl.R. 529a.9 in various senses, expectorants,Hp.
Morb.3.15; ἀ. ὀδόντας cut teeth, Id.Aph.3.25; ἀ. πλῆθος αἵματος bring up blood, Plu.Cleom.30; ἀ. μηρυκισμόν chew the cud, LXX Le.11.3, al.; τὸν Νεῖλον ἀναγέτω bring the Nile up [over its banks], Luc.DDeor.3;ἀ. φάλαγγα
deploy,Plu.
Crass.23: Geom., draw a line, Arist.Metaph. 1051a25; ἀ. τεταγμένως erect as an ordinate, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49; in building, carry a line of works to a point, Plu.Nic.18:ἀ. ὕδωρ
distil,Syn.Alch.
p.66B.12 train, rear,θετὸν υἱόν AP9.254
(Phil.):—[voice] Pass.,εἰς μέτρα ἥβης ἀνηγόμην IG12(7).449
([place name] Amorgos); of plants,ἀ. ἀμπελῶνας S.
(?)Fr. 1010.2 τὸν λόγον ἐπ' ἀρχὴν ἀ. carry back, refer to its principles, Pl.Lg. 626d;εἰς ἄλλας ἀρχάς Arist. EN 1113b20
; , cf. GA 778b1, al.;εἰς γνωριμώτερον Metaph. 1040b20
; generally, refer,πάντα τοῖς λογισμοῖς εἰς ἀσφάλειαν Plu.Brut.12
;εἰς κοινὸν ὄνομα A.D.Synt.266.13
; freq. in [voice] Pass.,ἀνάγομαι εἴς τι Procl.Inst.21
;ὑπό τι Olymp. in Mete.326.33
;ἀπό, ἔκ τινος
to be derived from,A.D.
Adv.121.25, Synt.23.26; ἀ. ἀπό, ἐξ .. derive one's subsistence from.., Vett.Val.10.15,73.11.3 ἀ. τι εἰς τὸν δῆμον, Arist.Pol. 1292a25; of persons, ἀ. τινὰ ἐπὶ τὴν συγγραφήν refer him to the contract, D.56.31.4 reduce syllogism to another figure, Arist.APr. 29b1; reduce an argument to syllogism, ib. 46b40, al.5 in Law, return a slave sold with an undisclosed defect,εἰς πρατῆρα Pl.Lg. 915c
, cf. Hyp.Ath.15.6 refer a claimant,πράτορι ἢ εἰς πόλιν ἔνδικον Milet.3
No.140.42: abs.,ὁ ἔχων ἀναγέτω Foed.Delph.Pell.2
A15;ἀ. ὅθεν εἴληφας D.45.81
.7 rebuild, Plu.Publ.15, Cam.32.10 intr. (sc. ἑαυτόν), withdraw, X.Cyr.7.1.45, etc.; ἐπὶ πόδα ἀ. retreat facing enemy, 3.3.69;ἀ. ἐπὶ σκέλος Ar.Av. 383
: metaph., ἄναγε εἰς τοὐπίσω, perh. nautical, put back again, Pl.R. 528a.B [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., put out to sea, set sail (v. supr. 1.2), Il.1.478, Hdt.3.137, etc.: [tense] fut.ἀνάξεσθαι Th.6.30
, etc.;ἀναχθέντες Hdt.3.138
, 4.152, cf. A.Ag. 626.2 metaph., put to sea, i. e. make ready, prepare oneself,ὡς ἐρωτήσων Pl.Chrm. 155d
, cf. Erx. 392d. -
4 ἀναχάζω
A make to recoil, force back, found only in poet. [tense] aor. 1, οὐδ' ἀνέχασσαν prob. in Pi.N.10.69.II mostly as [voice] Pass., [full] ἀναχάζομαι, [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. ἀνεχασσάμην:—draw back, freq. in Il. of warriors, , cf. 15.728, 16.819, 17.47, etc.; ἀναχασσάμενος νῆχον πάλιν giving way to the wave, Od.7.280: c. gen.,ἀ. ἠπείροιο
draw back from..,A.R.
4.1241; ἐπὶ πόδα ἀναχάζεσθαι retire slowly, of soldiers, X.Cyr.7.1.34:—[voice] Act. in sense of [voice] Pass., Id.An.4.1.16.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀναχάζω
-
5 τίθημι
Aτιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P, l), Alc. codd. pler., corrupted to Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717;περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep.τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 (τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg.τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. (Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl.τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor.τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) (τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ; , Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.;ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep.τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.τίθεσαν Od.22.456
;τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
;πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); lateἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper.τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep.τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; , Pi.P.1.40;τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written (Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf.θησέμεναι Il.12.35
,θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic,ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep.θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. , etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion.θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep.θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl.θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT),προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, andκατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. ; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.θέμεναι Il.2.285
,θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor.θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part.θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl.ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. ; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. , Pl. Sph. 237b, , [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part.τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut.θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg.ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part.θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg.θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper.θέο Od. 10.333
, ; subj. , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. , etc.; [ per.] 3sg.θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, butπρος-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf.τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. (Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. , Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. , Lys.31.28, etc. (ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. codd. (but f.l.); part.τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense)ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.A in local sense, set, put, place,λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.;θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself,δίφρον 20.387
);ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down,IG
42(1).122.31 (Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412;προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
;χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion,ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204;ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med.,ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.b with Preps. of local sense, ([voice] Med.,ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, asἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
;ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, asεἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.;ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; (v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, asδέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
;ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., asθῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
;τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
;ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310;ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ([voice] Med.,ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.c in Poets also with dat. only,χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med.,κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.II Special phrases:1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί orχείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597;οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, : hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123;σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., : also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82;περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29;μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.);ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart,ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470;ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; alsoμένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449;καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
;θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729;θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.7 deposit, as in a bank,τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; ;ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., .ά, cf. Od.13.207;τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.);ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
;συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass.,τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, , cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3;τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
;τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
;τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.);τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med.,θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13;θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.b bear arms, fight,τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
;τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
;ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a;ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act.,τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3;εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.II lay in the grave, bury, (freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass.,τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e;ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.III set up, of the prizes in games,ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; (so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, ; ; so alsoτ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.2 set up in a temple, dedicate,ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
;τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).IV assign, award,τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
;ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., withoutὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., .V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass.,τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); alsoθήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
;κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., : c. dat. et inf.,γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.2 [voice] Med., agree upon,ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.VI establish, institute, , cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.);πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods,οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180;ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.);τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846;τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.);ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737;τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
;τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; :—[voice] Med., administer for oneself,οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
;ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; ;τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
;τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
;τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; ;τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
;εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
;τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5;τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι), πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up,ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
;θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82;ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; ;τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; : abs.,θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass.,εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice,πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39;ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26;στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.;θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.;ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483;τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363;ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274;ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
;ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; ; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.c generally,προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.);μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; (lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; (lyr.); , cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c;εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; withὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a;μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.3 folld. by Preps.,τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
;ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; alsoοὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
;ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
;ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but (i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani));ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876;ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
;ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
;ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist,ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.2 make, cause, bring to pass,ἔργα Il.3.321
;τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
;ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
;ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers.,σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; , etc.;πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; 6, etc.;χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
;πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
;εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
;αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418;θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; ; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226;εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5;μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276;θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
;περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.) -
6 ἁρμόζω
ἁρμόζω, [dialect] Att. [full] ἁρμόττω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ἁρμόσδω Theoc.1.53 ([etym.] ἐφ-); part.Aἁρμόσσον Hp.Art.37
: [tense] impf. ἥρμοζον, [dialect] Dor.ἅρμ- Pi.N.8.11
: [tense] fut. (lyr.), Hp.Fract.31, Ar.Th. 263: [tense] aor.ἥρμοσα Il.3.333
, etc., [dialect] Dor.ἅρμοξα Pi.N.10.12
([etym.] συν-): [tense] pf.:— [voice] Med., [dialect] Ep. imper.ἁρμόζεο Od.5.162
,- όζου Philem.187
: [tense] fut.- όσομαι Gal.10.971
: [tense] aor.ἡρμοσάμην Hdt.5.32
, etc., [dialect] Dor.ἁρμοξάμην Alcm.71
: —[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. (lyr.), Pl.La. 193d, [dialect] Ion.ἅρμοσμαι Hdt.2.124
; [dialect] Dor. inf.ἁρμόχθαι Ocell.
ap. Stob.1.13.2; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg.ἅρμοκται Ecphant.
ap. Stob.4.7.64: [tense] aor. , [dialect] Dor.ἁρμόχθην D.L.8.85
: [tense] fut.ἁρμοσθήσομαι S.OC 908
:—fit together, join, esp. of joiner's work, ἥρμοσεν ἀλλήλοισιν (sc. τὰ δοῦρα) Od.5.247 (also in [voice] Med., put together, ἁρμόζεο χαλκῷ εὐρεῖαν σχεδίην ib. 162;ναυπηγίαν ἁρμόζων E.Cyc. 460
;ἁρμόζειν χαίταν στεφάνοισι Pi.I.7
6).39;ἀρβύλαισιν ἁ. πόδα E.Hipp. 1189
; ἁ. πόδα ἐπὶ γαίας plant foot on ground, Id.Or. 233;ἁ. ποδὸς ἴχνια Simon.182
; ἐν ἁσυχαία βάσει βάσιν ἅρμοσαι ([tense] aor. imper. [voice] Med.) S.OC 198; kiss,E.
Tr. 763; ἁ. ψαλίοις ἵππους furnish them with.., Id.Rh.27 (lyr.).b generally, adapt, accommodate, ἁ. δίκην εἰς ἕκαστον award each his just due, Sol.36.17; σφισὶν βίοτον ἁ. accord them life, Pi.N.7.98; apply a remedy, S.Tr. 687; make ready,τοὐπτάνιον Hegesipp.
Com.1.19:—[voice] Med., accommodate, suit oneself, πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν πάντοθ' ἁρμόζου τύχην Philem.l.c.;πρός τινα Luc.Merc.Cond.30
; ἁ. σύνεσιν acquire it, Hp. Lex2.2 of marriage, betroth, Hdt.9.108;ἁ. κόρᾳ ἄνδρα Pi.P.9.117
; ἁ. γάμον, γάμους, ib.13, E.Ph. 411:—[voice] Med., betroth to oneself, take to wife,τὴν θυγατέρα τινός Hdt.5.32
,47 (but [voice] Med. = [voice] Act., 2 Ep.Cor.11.2);ἁ. ὡς ἐὰν αἱρῆται γάμῳ POxy.906.7
(ii/iii A. D.):—[voice] Pass., ἁρμόσθαι θυγατέρα τινὸς γυναῖκα have her betrothed or married to one, Hdt.3.137; ὡς ἐκείνῳ τῇδέ τ' ἦν ἡρμοσμένα as troth was plighted between him and her, S.Ant. 570.4 set in order, regulate, govern,στρατ όν Pi.N.8.11
:—[voice] Pass.,[νόμοις] οὐκ ἄλλοισιν ἁρμοσθήσεται S.OC 908
; κονδύλοις ἡρμοττόμην I was ruled or drilled with cuffs, Ar.Eq. 1236.b in the Spartan Constitution, act as harmost,ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν X.Lac.14.2
, etc.: c. acc.,ἁρμοστὴν ὃς ἥρμοζε τὴν Ἀσίαν Luc.Tox.17
.5 in Music, tune instruments,τὸ σύμφωνον Pl.Phlb. 56a
, etc.:—[voice] Med.,ἁρμόττεσθαι ἁρμονίαν Id.R. 591d
; ἁ. λύραν tune one's lyre, ib. 349e;Δωριστὶ ἁ. λύραν Ar.Eq. 989
;αὐλόν Luc.Harm.1
(but μέλη ἔς τι ἁ. adapt them to a subject, Simon. 184):—[voice] Pass., of the lyre, to be tuned,Pl.
Tht. 144e, cf. Phd. 85e;ἁρμονίαν καλλίστην ἡρμ. Id.La. 188d
; at harmony with itself,Id.
R. 554e.II intr., fit well, of clothes or armour, ἥρμοσε δ' αὐτῷ [θώρηξ] Il.3.333; ;ἐσθὰς ἁρμόζοισα γυίοις Pi.P.4.80
; ἆρ' ἁρμόσει μοι (sc. τὰ ὑποδήματα); Ar.Th. 263; τοῖς τρόποις ἁ. ὥσπερ περὶ πόδα fit like a shoe, Pl. Com.129;θώραξ περὶ τὰ στέρνα ἁρμόζων X.Cyr.2.1.16
.b Math., coincide with, c. dat., Papp.612.14; correspond, Hero Aut.1.4.2 suit, be adapted for, (lyr.), El. 1293, And.4.6; τόδ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἄλλον ἁρμόσει shall not be adapted to another, S.Ant. 1318;κἂν ἐπὶ τῶν θηρίων ἁρμόσειε λόγος Arist.Pol. 1281b19
; εἴς τι, πρός τι, Pl. Plt. 289b, 286d;πρὸς τὰς συνουσίας Isoc.2.34
, cf. D.61.24; of medicines, Dsc.1.2, al.; of an argument, apply, Arist.Ph. 209a9, al.; is applicable,Id.
Rh. 1377a19.3 impers., ἁρμόζει it is fitting, c. acc. et inf.,σιγᾶν ἂν ἁρμόζοι σε S.Tr. 731
: c.inf. only,λόγους οὓς ἁρμόσει λέγειν D.18.42
;πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἁρμόττει καλεῖν Id.21.166
;οὔτε ἁ. μοι οἰκεῖν μετὰ τοιούτων Id.40.57
;τὰ τοιαῦτα ῥηθῆναι μάλιστ' ἂν ἁρμόσειεν Isoc.9.72
.4 part. ἁρμόζων, ουσα, ον, fitting, suitable, Pi.P.4.129; ἡ ἁρμόζουσα ἀπόφασις the appropriate verdict, Archim.Sph.Cyl. 1 Praef.; , al.: c. gen., Plb.1.44.1;πρός τι X.Mem.4.3.5
, etc. -
7 ὑπό
ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπάAἈρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
,ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149,ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), andὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
;ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
;περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt.,τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
;αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
;τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion,ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
;βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
;ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
;κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
;ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
;νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
;τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
;δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; , cf. Th.7, al.;πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
;ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; (anap.);ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
;ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
;ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
;ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
;ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
;ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
;ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
;Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.3 freq. of things as well as persons,ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
;κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.);χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
;ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
;χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
;ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33;οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
;ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
;ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ;ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.5 of accompanying music, to give the time,κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278;ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.);ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.;ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
;ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
;ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.);ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
;χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
;ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7;οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
;ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
;τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12;ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782;ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
;ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.;ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
;ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; (lyr.);ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
;ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.4 behind,ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of,ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
;ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
;ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
;βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
;ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
;ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete);ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156;ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
;ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense,ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64;ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
;κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
;ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
;τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
;τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
;ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances,ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
;αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
;ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
;ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
;ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
;ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
;παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
;ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
;ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.;ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.);ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
;τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
;τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.;ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
;ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); alsoἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
;Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
;ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
;τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.);οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.);ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.);κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.;ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
;μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v.πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
;ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
;εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf.αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position.κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; ,al.3 of the logical subordination of things under a class,τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
;ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
;ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
;τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74;ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.ἥλιος 11.1
);ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.);τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.);στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes);μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
;ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
;ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
;ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.);ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.IV of accompaniment,ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
;ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.F IN COMPOSITION:I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111. -
8 ἔχω
ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.Aἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, alsoἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as , ); subj.σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt.σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (asμετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.),κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl.σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
,σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf.σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep.σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut.ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.σχέο Il.21.379
,σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, laterσχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 (σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part.σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)A Trans., have, hold:I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
;τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
;παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
;πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.;ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, : also [tense] fut.σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
;λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.2 keep, have charge of,ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
;κῆπον 4.737
;Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
;πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393;τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
;ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,οὐρανόν Il.21.267
;Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
;Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα), οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29;νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115;ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
;ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
;ἕλκος Il.16.517
;λύσσαν 9.305
;μάχην ἔ. 14.57
;ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.;βουλήν 2.344
;τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς); ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.;ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
;πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
;πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
;πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529;οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
;πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
;φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
;ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
;ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
;οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
;ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
;θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
;σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
;Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
;ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects,αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
;μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
;σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
;κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
;ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
;νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
;ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
;ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
;ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
,ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
;ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.9 possess mentally, understand,ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; ;πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51;ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ;ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.11 involve, admit of, , cf. Th.1.5;βάσανον Lys.12.31
;ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.12 of Measure or Value,τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
;ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
;χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.13 c. dupl.acc.,Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
;Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
;παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.II hold:1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595;παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
;σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
;κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
;τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.;στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in fullἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; alsoπρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.7 enclose,φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
;σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
;τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain,θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
;ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fullyχεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, , cf. 11.760;φόβονδε 8.139
;τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.;παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
;ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
;παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
;σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
;ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
;τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; soπρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.9 hold in, stay, keep back,ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, butἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
;σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(soεἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
);ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; ; : c.inf.,ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing,τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5;ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); .11 keep back, withhold a thing,ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14;Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
;σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
;τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.14 hold, consider,τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
;τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
;ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
;ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; .b have to face, be obliged,παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
;εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.;βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130;οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
;οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
;οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
;ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined,οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.64 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.II simply, be,ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
;ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
;περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.);ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
;ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
;οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
;οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16;πρός τι D. 9.45
;τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
;κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
;ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
;τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
;ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
;ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
;μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
;ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
;οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc.,εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
;πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
;τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.3 lead towards,ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
;ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
;ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
;ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possiblyἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
);παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose,παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
;βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.);ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.2 metaph., cleave, cling to,ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; (iii A.D.);τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of,τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
;προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ;κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (withoutτούτοις Isoc.6.29
).5 pertain to,ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
;ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
;ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;βίης Od.4.422
;ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
;τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
;τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
;τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.V [voice] Pass. ofἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.------------------------------------ἔχω (B), -
9 προβαίνω
προβαίνω, [tense] fut. - βήσομαι: [tense] pf. - βέβηκα: [tense] aor. 2 προὔβην, imper. πρόβᾱ, Ar.Ach. 262, E.Alc. 872 (lyr.), pl.A (lyr.), E. HF 1047 (lyr.): Hom. has only [tense] pf. and [tense] pres. part. προβιβάς (as if from βίβημἰ, Il.13.18, but προβιβῶντα (- τἰ (as if from βιβάὠ ib. 807, al. codd. (v. infr.); imper.προβιβάσθων Hsch.
; part. προβάοντε, read by Aristarch. for προβοῶντε, Il.12.277;προβῶντες Cratin.126
:— step forward, advance, κραιπνά, κοῦφα ποσὶ προβιβάς, Il.13.18, 158, Od.17.27; τὸν δ' ὦκα προβιβάντα (- βιβῶντα codd.)πόδες φέρον 15.555
; ὑπασπίδια προβιβάντι (- βιβῶντι codd.) Il.13.807, cf. 16.609;π. εὐθέσι τοῖς σκέλεσι Arist.HA 604b5
: c. acc. cogn.,οἵαν ὁδὸν ἁ δειλαιοτάτα π. E.Alc. 263
(lyr.); μέγα π. take a big stride forward, Hp.Art.60.b of hair, grow, Lib.Or.64.50.2 as a mark of Time, ἄστρα προβέβηκε they are far gone in heaven, i.e. it is past midnight. Il.10.252; ἡ νὺξ π. the night is wearing fast, X.An.3.1.13: hence of Time itself, τοῦ χρόνου προβαίνοντος as time went on, Hdt.3.53, 140; ; also τὰ μὲν προβέβηκεν the past, Thgn.583; προβαίνοντος τοῦ ἔργου, τοῦ πολέμου, Hdt.7.23, Plb.2.47.3;τοῦ κώθωνος εὖ μάλα προβεβηκότος Hegesand.21
; ἐκ τοῦ προβεβηκότος, e re nata, on the spur of the moment, Plb.7.12.2: of Age,προβήσεται ἡ ἡλικία X.Ap.6
; of persons, οἱ προβεβηκότες τῇ ἡλικίᾳ advanced in age, Lys.24.16, cf. D.S.12.18; π. τῶν ἡμερῶν, ταῖς ἡμέραις, LXX Jo.13.1, 23.1: abs.,οἱ π. Bato 7.9
, Luc.Nigr. 24;ἐπεὶ προέβη τοῖς ἔτεσιν Macho
ap.Ath.13.580c;προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν Ev.Luc.1.7
, cf. 18;ἡλικίας εἰς τὸ πρόσθε π. Pl.Ep. 325c
;π. εἰς πεντήκοντα ἔτη D.C.68.4
(nisi leg. προεβεβιώκεἰ.3 metaph. of narrative, argument, action, events,μὴ πέρα προβῇς λόγου Cratin.66
;προβήσομαι ἐς τὸ πρόσω τοῦ λόγου Hdt.1.5
;προβάς φησιν..
further on,Demetr.Lac.
Herc.1012.12, cf. Phld.Rh.1.87 S.;π. ἐκ τῶν κνημέων ἐς τοὺς μηρούς
went on..,Hdt.
6.75; προέβαινε τὸ ἔθνος ἄρχον καὶ ἐπιτροπεῦον the nation was organized in a series of overlordships and mandates, Id.1.134; ;π. ἐπ' ἔσχατον θράσους S.Ant. 853
(lyr.); ;ποῖ προβήσεται λόγος; E.Hipp. 342
;πέρας δὴ ποῖ κακῶν προβήσεται; Id.Or. 511
, cf. 749;τὸ τῆς τύχης ἀφανὲς οἷ προβήσεται Id.Alc. 785
;μὴ προβαίη μεῖζον ἢ τὸ νῦν κακόν Id.Med. 907
;τὸ ἔθος ἐπὶ πολὺ προβαίνει Aeschin.1.179
: impers., εἰς τοῦτο προβέβηκε ὥστε.. it has gone so far that..,Pl.Lg. 839c; π. πόρρω μοχθηρίας to be far gone in knavery, X.Ap.30;π. εἰς τοῦτο ἔχθρας ὥστε.. D.12.16
;εἰς ἀταξίαν Aeschin.3.38
;μέχρι τίνος Plb. 2.1.3
;ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον π. τὰ πράγματα Id.5.30.6
: in good sense, make progress,τοσοῦτον προβεβήκαμεν ὥστε.. Pl.Tht. 187a
; of an enterprise, prosper, succeed, BGU1209.10 (i B.C.), etc.II go before, i.e. be superior to, another,πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων σῷ θάρσει Il.6.125
;κράτεϊ 16.54
, cf. 23.890; δυνάμει τε καὶ αἰδοῖ Τρηχῖνος προβέβηκε by might and awe he is over, i.e. rules, Trachis, Hes. Sc. 355, cf. Call. Epigr.1.5.III c. acc. rei, overstep, τέρμα προβάς Pi N.7.71.IV with acc. of the instrum. of motion,πόδα π. Thgn.283
; , cf. Luc.Hist. Conscr.29;προβὰς δὲ κῶλον E.Ph. 1412
;ἀρβύλαν προβάς Id.Or. 1470
(lyr.); προβεβήκασι τὰ ἀριστερά have their left legs foremost (v.l. προβεβλήκασι, v. προβάλλω A. Il.1), Arist.IA 706a7;προβὰς τὸν πόδα τὸν ἀριστερὸν καὶ τὸν δεξιὸν ὑποβάς Poll.5.23
.V Causal, in [tense] fut. [voice] Act., move forward, advance, τίς τρόπος ἄνδρα προβάσει [pron. full] [ᾱ]; Pi.O.8.63.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προβαίνω
-
10 ἀναφέρω
ἀναφέρω, poet. [pref] ἀμφ-, [tense] fut. ἀνοίσω: [tense] aor. ἀνήνεγκα, [dialect] Ion. ἀνήνεικα, also inf.I bring, carry up,[Κέρβερον] ἐξ Ἀΐδαο Od.11.625
;ἐκ τῆς ἰλύος ψῆγμα ἀ. χρυσοῦ Hdt.4.195
, cf. 3.102 (as v.l. for -φορέω) ; ἀ. τινὰ εἰς Ὄλυμπον, εἰς θεούς, X.Smp.8.30 ([voice] Pass.), Plu. Rom.28, etc.; in histor. writers, carry up the country, esp. into Central Asia, Hdt.6.30; raise up,εἰς τὸ ἄνω Hp.Art.37
; ἀ. πόδα lift it, E.Ph. 1410:—[voice] Med., carry up to a place of safety, take with one, Hdt.3.148; remove one's goods, 8.32,36, etc.b esp. carry up to the Acropolis, put by, of treasure, And.3.7, X.Vect.5.12, Aeschin.2.174, etc.2 bring up, pour forth, of tears,ἑτοιμότερα γέλωτος ἀ. λίβη A.Ch. 447
;αἵματος πλῆθος ἀ.
spit up,Plu.
Cleom.15; ἀ. φωνάς, στεναγμούς, Id.2.433c, Alex.52:—[voice] Med., ἀνενείκασθαι, abs., fetch up a deep-drawn breath, heave a deep sigh,μνησάμενος δ' ἁδινῶς ἀνενείκατο Il.19.314
;ἀνενεικάμενόν τε καὶ ἀναστενάξαντα Hdt.1.86
(where others, having recovered himself, come to himself, v. infr. 11.7): in Alex. Poets, utter, ἀνενείκατο μῦθον, φωνήν, A.R.3.463, 635.3 uphold, take upon one, ;κινδύνους Th.3.38
; διαβολάς, πόλεμον, etc., Plb.1.36.3, 4.45.9, etc.;πολλῶν ἀ. ἁμαρτίας LXX Is. 53.12
, Ep.Heb.9.28.4 offer in sacrifice, ib.7.27, 13.15, etc.: abs., make expiation or compensation, GDI3537, al. ([place name] Cnidus).6 intr., lead up, of a road,ἁμαξιτὸς εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ ἀ. X.HG 2.4.10
, cf. Plb.8.29.1, Inscr.Prien.37.161.II bring or carry back,εἰς τοὔπισθεν ἀ. πόδα E.Ph. 1410
: freq. in Prose, ἀ. τὰς κώπας recover the oars (after pulling them through the water), Th.2.84;ἡ εἰρεσία ἀναφέρεται Plu.Demetr.53
, Ant.26.2 bring back tidings, report,παρά τινα Hdt.1.47
;ἔς τινα Id.1.91
, Th.5.28, etc.; τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀνενεγκόντες Decr. ap. D.18.75:—[voice] Pass., Hdt.1.141, al.3 bring back from exile, Th.5.16.4 carry back, trace one's family to an ancestor,τὸ Ἡρακλέους γένος εἰς Περσέα ἀναφέρεται Pl.Alc.1.120e
; withoutγένος, ἀ. εἰς Ἡρακλέα Id.Tht. 175a
.5 refer a matter to another,βουλεύματα ἐς τὸ κοινόν Hdt.3.80
;ἐς ἀφανὲς τὸν μῦθον ἀ. Id.2.23
;ἁμαρτίαν εἴς τινα ἀ.
ascribeE.
Or.76, Ba.29, etc.; ;τὴν αἰτίαν εἴς τινα Lys.22.8
; rarelyἀ. τί τινι E.Or. 432
, Lys.12.81;τι ἐπί τινα D.18.224
, Aeschin. 3.215; ;τι πρός τι Arist.EN 1101b19
([voice] Pass.), al.; ποῖ δίκην ἀνοίσομεν; to whom shall we refer the judgement? E. Ion 253;τὴν ἀπόδοσιν εἴς τινα D.34.46
:—[voice] Pass., to be attributed (of authorship),εἰς Μητρόδωρον Phld.Herc.1005.8
; to be traced to, derived from, ἐπί τι ib.1251.11.b without acc., ἀ. εἴς τινα refer or appeal to another, make reference to him, Hdt.3.71, Pl.Ap. 20e;ἔς τινα περί τινος Hdt.1.157
, 7.149; ἀ. πρός τι refer to something as to a standard, Hp.VM9;ἐκεῖσε ἀ. Pl.R. 484c
, cf. Phdr. 237d.c report,μέτρα καὶ γειτνίας καὶ ἀξίας PTeb.14.11
(ii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Pass., ib.10.3 (ii B.C.): abs., make a report,τινί PRyl.233.8
(ii A.D.), PFay. 129.8 (iii A.D.).7 bring back, restore,πόλιν ἐκ πονήρων πραγμάτων Th.8.97
;ἀ. ἑαυτόν Ael.NA13.12
:—[voice] Pass., come to oneself, recover, μόγις δὴ τότε ἀνενειχθεὶς εἶπε (v. supr.1.2) Hdt.1.116;ἄφωνος ἐγένετο, ἔπειτα πάλιν ἀνηνέχθη Theopomp.Com.66
:—so,b intr. in [voice] Act., come to oneself, recover, τῷ πόματι ἀνέφερον (sc. ἑαυτούς) Hdt.3.22, cf. Hp.Aph.2.43, D.16.31;ἐκ τραύματος D.H.4.67
;ἐξ ὕπνων Plu. Cam.23
; revived,Id.
Alc.38;ἐκ τοσούτων κυμάτων ἀνενεγκών Eun.Hist.p.227
D.8 bring into account,εἰς τὸ κοινόν D.41.8
, cf. 11, Philonid.1 D.;πρὸς ἣν [ἀρχὴν] αἱ πρόσοδοι ἀναφέρονται Arist.Pol. 1321b32
.12 recall a likeness,ἀ. πρὸς ἀνδριάντα τὴν ὁμοιότητα τῆς ἰδέας Plu.Brut.1
, cf. 2.53d.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀναφέρω
-
11 τρέπω
Aτρέψω 15.261
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1ἔτρεψα 18.469
, etc., [dialect] Ep.τρέψα 16.645
: besides [tense] aor. 1 Hom. has [tense] aor. 2 ἔτρᾰπον, Od.4.294, al., also Pi.O.10(11).15 (sts. also intr., v. περιτρέπω 11 and perh. Il.16.657, cf. 111 fin.): [dialect] Aeol. [tense] aor. ἔτροπον, v. ἀνατρέπω: [tense] pf. , Anaxandr.51, ([etym.] ἀνα-) S.Tr. 1009 (lyr.), And.1.131; laterτέτρᾰφα Din.1.108
, ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.30, D.18.296 (cod. S), Aeschin.1.190, 3.158 (but cf. Wackernagel Studien zum griech. Perf.15);ἐπι-τέτραφα Plb.30.6.6
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.τρέψομαι Hdt.1.97
, Hp.Prog.20, E. Hipp. 1066, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐτρεψάμην Od.1.422
, E.Heracl. 842: also [tense] aor. 2ἐτραπόμην Il.16.594
, Hdt.2.3, al. (used also in pass. sense, ([etym.] ἀν-) Il.6.64, 14.447, and once in [dialect] Att., ([etym.] ἀν-) Pl.Cra. 395d); imper. : [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.τρᾰπήσομαι Plu.Nic.21
, etc.; alsoτετράψομαι Ph.1.220
, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Pisistr. ap. D.L.1.54: [tense] aor.ἐτρέφθην Hom. Epigr.14.7
, once in Trag., E.El. 1046 (v. ἐπιτρέπω); [dialect] Ion.τραφθῆναι Od.15.80
, cf. Hdt.4.12: [tense] aor. 2 ἐτράπην [pron. full] [ᾰ] A.Pers. 1029 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 416, etc.; ἐτρέπην ([etym.] ἐν-) UPZ5.24 (ii B. C.): [tense] pf. ; [ per.] 3pl.τετράφαται Thgn.42
, cf. Il.2.25 ([etym.] ἐπι-); [ per.] 3sg. imper.τετράφθω 12.273
; part.τετραμμένος 19.212
, etc.: [tense] plpf., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.τέτραπτο Od.4.260
; [ per.] 3pl.τετράφατο Il.10.189
.—From the [tense] aor. 2 has been formed the [tense] pres. ἐπιτρᾰπέουσι, ib. 421; cf. τραπητέον.—The [dialect] Ion. forms used by Hdt. are [tense] pres. [voice] Pass.τράπονται 6.33
, al.; [ per.] 3sg. [tense] impf.τρέπεσκε 4.128
; [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.τραφθείς 9.56
; but [tense] fut. ἐπιτράψομαι is f. l. in 3.155, and in the [tense] pres. [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass. codd. vary (both forms in codd. of 2.92 ([voice] Act.),τρέπεται 1.117
,τράπεται 4.60
):—[dialect] Dor. forms, [full] τράπω EM114.19; [tense] fut. ([place name] Crete):— turn or direct towards a thing, Hom., etc.; mostly folld. by a Prep.,τ. [φύσας] ἐς πῦρ Il.18.469
;ἐς ποταμὸν φλόγα 21.349
; εἰς εὐνὴν τράπεθ' ἥμεας show us to bed, Od.4.294 (perh. with a punning reference to ταρπώμεθα in next line); (as though τραπείομεν in Il.3.441 belonged to τρέπω and not to τέρπω; unless there is a pause after λέκτρονδε); θυμὸν εἰς ἔργον τ. Hes.Op. 316
;εἰς ἐχθροὺς βέλος A.Th. 255
;πόλεις ἐς ὕβριν Th.3.39
;τὸν ἄνθρωπον.. εἰς ἀθυμίαν D.23.194
;πρὸς ἠέλιον κεφαλήν Od.13.29
;πρὸς ὄρος πίονα μῆλα 9.315
;πρὸς εὐφροσύναν ἦτορ Pi.I.3.10
;τὰς γνώμας πρὸς χρηματισμόν Pl.Ep. 355b
; alsoἐπ' ἐμπορίην θυμόν Hes.Op. 646
, cf. Pl. Phdr. 257b, R. 508c;δᾶμον ἐς ἡσυχίαν Pi.P.1.70
;ἐπ' ἐχθροῖς χεῖρα S.Aj. 772
;κατὰ πληθὺν τ. θυμόν Il.5.676
;ἀντίον Ζεφύρου πρόσωπον Hes.Op. 594
: with Advbs.,πάντων ὁμόσε στόματ' ἔτραπε Il.12.24
;οὐκ οἶδ' ὅποι χρὴ.. τ. ἔπος S.Ph. 897
;ἐνταῦθα σὴν φρένα E.IT 1322
; τὴνδιάνοιαν ἄλλοσε Pl.R. 393a
;ἐκεῖσε τ. τὰς ἡδονάς Id.Lg. 643c
;ἐπὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τὸν λόγον Sor.2.23
: c. inf., σέ.. ἔτραπε.. ὀργὰ παρφάμεν led thee to speak crookedly, Pi.P.9.43:—also in [voice] Med.,τραπέσθαι τινὰ ἐπί τι Pl.Euthd. 303c
, cf. Chrm. 156c:—[voice] Pass.,κεῖται ἀνὰ πρόθυρον τετραμμένος Il.19.212
.2 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., turn one's steps, turn in a certain direction,τραφθῆναι ἀν' Ἑλλάδα Od.15.80
;τραφθέντες ἐς τὸ πεδίον Hdt. 9.56
;ἐς Θήβας ἐτραπόμην Id.2.3
; ἐπὶ Προκόννησον, ἐπ' Ἀθηνέων, Id 6.33, 5.57: with Advbs., ἀμηχανεῖν ὅποι τράποιντο which way to turn, A. Pers. 459;ἀμηχανῶ.. ὅπᾳ τράπωμαι Id.Ag. 1532
(lyr.);πᾷ τις τράποιτ' ἄν; Id.Ch. 409
(lyr.);ποῖ τρέψομαι; E.Hipp. 1066
, cf. X.An.3.5.13;ποῖ χρὴ τραπέσθαι; Lys.29.2
: c. acc. cogn., τραπέσθαι ὁδόν take a course, Hdt.1.11, cf. 9.69, Pl.Sph. 242b;πολλὰς ὁδοὺς τραπόμενοι κατὰ ὄρη Th.5.10
; .3 in [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med. also, turn or betake oneself, εἰς ὀρχηστύν, εἰς ἀοιδήν, Od.1.422, 18.305;ἐπὶ ἔργα Il.3.422
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀναιδείην Hom Epigr.14.7;ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην Thgn.379
;ἐπὶ ψευδέα ὁδόν Hdt.1.117
;ἐπὶ φροντίδας E.IA 646
;ἐφ' ἁρπαγήν Th.4.104
;ἐπ' εἰρήνην X.HG4.4.2
;ἐς τὸ μαίνεσθαι S.OC 1537
;ἐς ἀλκήν Th.2.84
;εἰς ἁρπαγὴν ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας X.HG6.5.30
;κατὰ θέαν τετραμμένοι Th.5.9
;πρὸς ἀλκήν Hdt.3.78
;πρὸς τὸ κέρδιον τραπείς S.Aj. 743
;πρὸς λῃστείαν Th.1.5
;πρὸς ἄριστον τετρ. Hdt.1.63
;πρὸς τὸν πότον Pl.Smp. 176a
, etc.; also τ. πρός τινα betake oneself, have recourse to him, Cratin.152, X.An.4.5.30, Pl.Prt. 339e;ἐφ' ἱκετείαν τ. τῶν διωκόντων Id.Ap. 39a
.4 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., of places, to be turned or look in a certain direction,πρὸς ζόφον Od. 12.81
; πρὸς ἄρκτον, πρὸς νότον, etc., Hdt. 1.148, Th.2.15, etc.; alsoπρὸς τοῦ Τμώλου Hdt.1.84
; ἄντ' ἠελίου τετρ. straight towards, Hes. Op. 727.II turn, i. e. turn round or about, πάλιν τρέπειν turn back,ἵππους Il.8.432
; τινα ib. 399; ὄσσε, δόρυ, 21.415, 20.439; τὰ καλὰ τ. ἔξω turn the best side outmost, show the best side (of a garment), Pi.P.3.83:—[voice] Pass.,πάλιν ἐτράπετ' Il.21.468
;μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω 12.273
; c. gen., turn from..,υἷος 18.138
; ἐτράπετ' αἰχμή the point bent back, like ἀνεγνάμφθη, 11.237; of the sun having passed the meridian,πόστην ἥλιος τέτραπται; Ar.Fr. 163
, cf. Antig. Mir.60; also of the solstice, ἐπειδὰν ἐν χειμῶνι τράπηται [ὁ ἥλιος] (v.τροπή 1
) X.Mem.4.3.8, cf. Pl.Lg. 915d;τραπείσης τῆς ὥρας Arist. HA 628b26
:—intr. in [voice] Act., περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι, v. περιτρέπω 11.2 τ. τι εἴς τινα turn upon another's head, τ. τὴν αἰτίαν, τὴν ὀργὴν εἴς τινα, Is.8.41, D.8.57; freq. in imprecations, ἐς κεφαλὴν τράποιτ' ἐμοί on my head be it! Ar.Ach. 833, cf. Hdt.2.39; εἰς σεαυτὸν τρεπέσθω on your head be it! IG4.444 ([place name] Phlius);ἦ κἀπ' ἐμοὶ τρέποιτ' ἂν αἰτίας τέλος; A.Eu. 434
; keep your ills to yourself,Ar.
Ach. 1019, Nu. 1263;πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς τρέψεσθε Lys.8.19
.3 alter, change,φρένας Il.6.61
;τὰς γνώμας X.An.3.1.41
; [τὸ χρῶμα] Sor.1.35; [ τὸ γάλα] ib.92;ἔτραπεν κεῖνον μισθῷ χρυσός Pi.P.3.55
; deceive, Archil.166;ἐς κακὸν τ. τινά Pi.P.3.35
; (troch.); , cf. Hdt.7.105, etc.: [voice] Med., πρὸς τὰς ξυμφορὰς τὰς γνώμας τρέπεσθαι shift their views, Th.1.140, cf. Plu. 2.71e, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be changed,τρέπεται χρώς Il.13.279
, cf. Od. 21.413, Hes.Op. 416; τὴν χρόαν τρέπεσθαι, of animals, Plu.2.51d; τῷ χρώματι τρεπομένας, of women, Sor.1.35 (so abs., of a man, Id.Vit.Hippocr.5);ὁ οὕτω τρεπόμενος σφυγμός Gal.18(2).40
;τρέπεται νόος Od.3.147
;νόος ἐτράπετ' 7.263
;Διὸς ἐτράπετο φρήν Il.10.45
;τράπομαι καὶ τὴν γνώμην μετατίθεμαι Hdt.7.18
; ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς τετραμμένους seeing that they had changed their minds, Id.9.34, cf. Th.4.106;ἐπὶ τὰ βελτίω τρέπου Ar.V. 986
: c. inf.,κραδίη τέτραπτο νέεσθαι Od.4.260
;ἐτράποντο.. τῷ δήμῳ.. τὰ πράγματα ἐνδιδόναι Th. 2.65
: c. acc. cogn.,πλείους τραπόμενος τροπὰς τοῦ Εὐρίπου Aeschin. 3.90
; οἶνος τρέπεται the wine turns, becomes sour (v. τροπίας), S.E. P.1.41;ἡ ξανθὴ χολὴ.. εἰς τὸν ἰώδη τρέπεται χυμόν Gal.16.534
; ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐπὶ τὸ κομψότερον ἐτράπη has taken a turn for the better, POxy.935.5 (iii A. D.); ἐπὶ τὸ ῥᾷον ἔδοξεν τετράφθαι ib.939.17 (iv A. D.); τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν εἰς ἄπορον τραπέντος having become destitute, PMeyer 8.14 (ii A. D.):—intr. in [voice] Act.,τοῦ ἄρχοντος τρέποντος εἰς δεσπότην Ph.2.562
.III turn or put to flight, rout, defeat,τρέψω δ' ἥρωας Ἀχαιούς Il.15.261
;ἔτρεψε φάλαγγας Tyrt.12.21
, cf. Pi.O.10 (11).15, Hdt.1.63, 4.128, Th.1.62, 4.25,33, etc.; in full,φύγαδε τ. Il.8.157
;εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους X.An.1.8.24
;τρέψαι καὶ ἐς φυγὴν καταστῆσαι Th.7.43
(but they fled,E.
Supp. 718):—[voice] Med., [tense] pres., X.An.5.4.16, J.AJ13.2.4, Plu.Cam.29: [tense] fut., Ar.Eq. 275 (troch.): [tense] aor. 1, E.Heracl. 842, X.An.6.1.13:—[voice] Pass., to be put to flight, [tense] aor. 2 (lyr.), X.Cyr.5.4.7 (v.l. ἐτράποντο), etc.: also [tense] aor. 1ἐτρέφθην Id.An.5.4.23
, HG3.4.14, Cyn.12.5: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med.ἐτραπόμην Hdt.1.80
, 9.63, etc.;ἐς φυγὴν τραπέσθαι Id.8.91
, Th.8.95;τραπόμενοι κατέφυγον Id.4
54;φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο X.An.4.8.19
;ἐτράποντο φεύγειν Plu.Lys. 28
, Caes.45: rarely in [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.,τετραμμένου φυγᾷ γένους A.Th. 952
(lyr.):—also intr. in [voice] Act.,φύγαδ' ἔτραπε Il.16.657
(unless it governs δίφρον).IV turn away, keep off, ;τ. τινὰ ἀπὸ τείχεος 22.16
;ἑκάς τινος Od.17.73
([voice] Med.);τῇ.. νόον ἔτραπεν 19.479
: abs.,ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς ἔτρεψε Il.4.381
; of weapons,βέλος.. ἔτραπεν ἄλλῃ 5.187
;ἀπὸ ἔγχεος ὁρμὴν ἔτραπε Hes. Sc. 456
.VI turn, apply,τ. τι ἐς ἄλλο τι Hdt.2.92
; τὰς ἐμβάδας ποῖ τέτροφας; what have you done with your shoes? Ar.Nu. 858;τὸν μόναυλον ποῖ τέτροφας; Anaxandr. 51
:—[voice] Pass.,ποῖ τρέπεται.. τὰ χρήματα; Ar.V. 665
(anap.). -
12 τείνω
A , ([etym.] ἀπο-) Pl.Grg. 458b, ([etym.] ἐκ-) E.Med. 585: [tense] aor.ἔτεινα Il.4.124
, [dialect] Ep.τεῖνα 3.261
: [tense] pf.τέτᾰκα D.H. 19.12
, etc., ([etym.] ἀπο-) Pl.Grg. 465e:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. τενοῦμαι ([etym.] παρα-) Th.3.46, ([etym.] προ-) D.14.5: [tense] aor. ἐτεινάμην, [dialect] Ep. τειν-, A.R.2.1043, 4.705, ([etym.] προ-) Hdt. 9.34, ([etym.] δι-) Antipho 5.46, Pl.Ti. 78b:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. τᾰθήσομαι ([etym.] παρα-) Id.Ly. 204c: [tense] aor. ἐτάθην [ᾰ] S.Ant. 124 (lyr.), etc., [dialect] Ep.τάθην Il.23.375
: [tense] pf. , etc.: [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. τέτατο, τέταντο, Od.11.11, Il.4.544; [ per.] 3 dual τετάσθην ib. 536:— stretch by force, pull tight,κυκλοτερὲς μέγα τόξον ἔτεινε Il.4.124
; (anap.); ἐξ ἄντυγος ἡνία τείνας having tied the reins tight to the chariot-rail, Il.5.262; ναὸς πόδα τείνας keeping the sheet taut, S.Ant. 716;κάλων τείνας οὔριον εὐφροσυνᾶν IG14.793
;οἱ ἀπείρως κατ' εὐθὺ τείνοντες Sor.1.73
; τῷ ψιμύθῳ.. παρειήν make it (look) full, AP11.374 (Maced.):—[voice] Med., τείνατο τόξα stretched his bow, A.R.2.1043, cf. Orph.A. 589; of tendons, etc., Gal. 18(2).58, al.:—[voice] Pass., [ἱμὰς] ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος.. τέτατο [the strap] was made tight, Il.3.372; ; τέταθ' ἱστία were stretched taut, Od.11.11.2 metaph., stretch or strain, ἶσον τείνειεν πολέμου τέλος strain the issue of war even, Il.20.101:—[voice] Pass., , 15.413, cf. Hes.Th. 638; τέτατο κρατερὴ ὑσμίνη the fight was strained, was intense, Il.17.543; ἵπποισι τάθη δρόμος their pace was strained to the utmost, 23.375; τοῖσι δ' ἀπὸ νύσσης τέτατο δρόμος they set off at full speed from the starting-line, ib. 758, Od.8.121: τ. αὐδάν strain the voice, raise it high, A.Pers. 574 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass. also, exert oneself, be anxious, Pi.I.1.49;ἀμφ' ἀρεταῖς Id.P.11.54
.3 stretch out, spread,ὅτε τε Ζεὺς λαίλαπα τείνῃ Il.16.365
; ἐπὶ νὺξ τέταται βροτοῖσι night is spread over them, Od.11.19;ἀὴρ τέταται μακάρων ἐπὶ ἔργοις Hes.Op. 549
; of light,αἴγλαν ἃ τέταται S.Ph. 831
(lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 616b; of sound,ἀμφὶ νῶτ' ἐτάθη πάταγος S.Ant. 124
(lyr.); δίκτυα τ. X.Cyn. 6.9;ψυχὴν διὰ παντός Pl.Ti. 34b
.b Gramm., lengthen a syllable, A.D.Pron.55.1:—[voice] Pass., ib.27.25, cf. 11.1 fin.4 aim at, direct towards a point, prop. from the bow,ἐπὶ Τροίᾳ τ. τὰ θεῶν ἀμάχητα βέλη S.Ph. 198
(anap.): metaph., ἔς τινα τ. φόνον aim, design death to one, E.Hec. 263 (but τ. φόνον prolong murder, Id.Supp. 672); τ. λόγον :—[voice] Pass.,ἐς σὲ τ. γλῶσσα E.Rh. 875
;ἡ ἅμιλλα τέταται πρὸς τοῦτο Pl.Phdr. 271a
, cf. Lg. 770d, R. 581b.II stretch out in length, lay, ζυγὰ ἐπιπολῆς τ. Hdt.2.96:—[voice] Pass., lie out at length, lie stretched,ἐπὶ γαίῃ κεῖτο ταθείς Il.13.655
; ἐν κονίῃσι τετάσθην, τέταντο, 4.536, 544; ταθεὶς ἐνὶ δεσμῷ hanging stretched in chains, Od.22.200; [φάσγανον] ὑπὸ λαπάρην τέτατο hung along or by his side, Il.22.307; διὰ.. αἰθέρος.. τέταται extends, Emp.135, cf. 100.2;τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας λεωφόρων εἰς τὴν πόλιν τεταμένων Pl.Lg. 763c
;φλὲψ.. διὰ τοῦ κοίλου τείνεται Arist.HA 513b3
: τεταμένος sts. becomes a mere Adj., long, αὐχένα.. τεταμένον τῇ φύσει, of birds, Id.PA 692b20; in Gramm., of a long vowel, PBouriant 8 i 1, 14.2 stretch or hold out, present,τινὰ ἐπὶ σφαγάν E.Or. 1494
(lyr.); ἀσπίδα, δόρυ, AP7.147 (Arch.), 720 (Chaerem.); τὴν χεῖρά τινι or ἐπί τι, A.R. 4.107, 1049:—[voice] Med., τείνεσθαι χέρε, γυῖα, δειρήν, one's hands, etc., Theoc.21.48, A.R.1.1009, 4.127, etc.;συὸς τέκος Id.4.705
; ἑανούς ib. 1155.3 extend, lengthen, of Time,τὸν μακρὸν τ. βίον A. Pr. 537
(lyr.), cf. E.Med. 670; ;τόνδ' ἐτεινάτην λόγον A.Ch. 510
;μακροὺς τ. λόγους E.Hec. 1177
; τί μάτην τείνουσι βοήν; (where others interpr. it like τ. αὐδάν, v. supr. 1.2) Id.Med. 201 (anap.);πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφὴ.. μακρὰν ἔτεινας A.Ag. 1296
, cf. S.Aj. 1040.B intr., of geographical position, stretch out or extend, παρ' ἣν (sc. λίμνην)τὸ.. ὄρος τείνει Hdt.2.6
; τὸ πρὸς Λιβύης.. ὄρος ἄλλο τείνει ib.8;τ. μέχρι.. Id.4.38
;ἐς.. Id.7.113
;ἐπὶ.. X.Ages.2.17
; of a dress, ὑπὸ σφυροῖσι τ. E.Ba. 936; of a mountain, ὑψόθι τ. A.R.2.354: of Time, ἡμερολεγδὸν τείνοντα χρόνον dragging out time, A.Pers.64 (anap.):—rarely so in [voice] Pass.,ὄρος τεταμένον τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον Hdt.2.8
.II exert oneself, struggle,ἐναντία τισί Pl.R. 492d
; press on, hasten,οἱ δ' ἔτεινον ἐς πύλας E.Supp. 720
;δηλοῖ τοὖργον, οἷ τ. χρεών Id.Or. 1129
;τὸ μὴ τείνειν ἄγαν S.Ant. 711
;τ. ὥς τινα Ar.Th. 1205
;ἔτεινον ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ὄρος X.An.4.3.21
;εὐθὺ Βαβυλῶνος Luc.Nec.6
;τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Id.Icar.22
.III extend to, reach,ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Tht. 186c
; ; of the veins stretching from one point to another, Arist.HA 492a20, 513a2, al., cf. Pl.Ti. 65c, Diog.Apoll.6.2 tend, refer, belong to, τείνει ἐς σέ it refers to, concerns you, Hdt.6.109, cf. 7.135, E.Ph. 435, Hipp. 797, etc.; ποῖ τείνει καὶ εἰς τί; to what does it tend? Pl.Cri. 47c, cf. Tht. 163a, D.10.54;μηδαμόσε ἄλλοσε Pl.R. 499a
; , Prt. 345b; .3 τείνειν πρός τινα or τι, come near to, to be like, Id.Tht. 169b, Cra. 402c;ἐγγύς τι τείνειν τοῦ τεθνάναι Id.Phd. 65a
, cf. R. 548d. (Cf. τανύω, Skt. tanóti 'stretch', Lat. tendo, etc.) -
13 ἕτερος
ἕτερος, α, ον, only [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. with [pref] ἕ-, [dialect] Dor. [full] ἅτερος [pron. full] [ᾰ] IG4.914.9 (Epid.), etc. (and [dialect] Att.in crasis, v.infr.), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἄτερος Alc.41.5, etc.:— but [full] ἅτερος [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att. crasis for ὁ ἅτερος, Com.Adesp.14.23 D., al., [dialect] Ion. [full] οὕτερος (fr. ὁ ἕτ-) Hdt.1.34, etc., [dialect] Dor. [full] ὥτερος Theoc.7.36; neut.A , And.2.7, etc., [dialect] Ion.τοὔτερον Hdt.1.32
: pl. ἅτεροι, for οἱ ἅτεροι, Arist.Pol. 1255a20; , Th.1.87, etc.; gen. , etc., [dialect] Ion.τοὐτέρου Semon.7.113
, [dialect] Dor.θατέρω Ti.Locr.94a
,θωτέρω Epich.71
(dub. l.); dat. ; fem. nom.ἡτέρα IG22.1498.76
, 1615.14,87 (iv B.C.), S.OC 497, Ar.Lys.85, 90 codd., Paus.Gr.Fr.82; dat. , Tr. 272, E.Hipp. 894, Ar.Av. 1365, etc., cf. Paus.Gr. l.c. (in Mss. sts. θατέρᾳ), [dialect] Ion.τἠτέρῃ Phoen.5.2
.—Later masc. and fem. θάτερος, θατέρα, even with the Art., Men.846, Chrysipp. ap. Paus.Gr.Fr.82, Lyc.590, Polem. Cyn.4, Luc.D Mort.26.1 (condemned in Pseudol.29), Gp.14.20.2, etc.;τῶν θατέρων Iamb. in Nic. p.83
P.; θάτερον acc. sg. masc., E. Ion [849].I one or the other of two, usu. c. Art. exc. in Poets ; freq. of natural pairs, σκαιῇ (sc. χειρὶ)ἔγχος ἔχων, ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον Il.16.734
; τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν.. τῇ δ' ἑτέρῃ .. 14.272, cf. X.Cyn.10.11; χειρὶ ἑτέρῃ with one hand, Il.12.452, Od.10.171 (but χεὶρ ἑτέρη commonly of the left hand, v. infr. IV.I);ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο Il.4.502
;χωλὸς δ' ἕτερον πόδα 2.217
, cf. Ar.Ec. 162, Din.1.82;ἀμφότεραι αἱ γνάθοι, ἢ ἡ ἑτέρα X.Eq.1.9
;ἐκκοπεὶς τὸν ἕ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν D.H.5.23
;εἰς γόνυ θάτερον Philostr.Im.2.20
; of pairs in general, Il.5.258, etc.; τὴν ἑ. πύλην one of the two gates, Hdt.3.156;ὁ ἕ. τῶν στρατηγῶν Th.4.43
;τὸ ἕ. τοῖν δυοῖν τειχοῖν Id.7.24
: freq. of alternatives presented,τῶνδε τὰ ἕ. ποιέειν Hdt.4.126
; ἑλοῦ γε θάτερ', ἢ.. ἢ .. S.El. 345; τοῖνδ' ἑλοῦ δυοῖν πότμοιν τὸν ἕ. E.Ph. 952 ; ; δυοῖν θάτερα, ἢ.. ἢ .. Pl. Tht. 187c;ὅταν δυοῖν καλοῖν θάτερον κάλλιον ᾖ, ἢ τῷ ἑτέρῳ τούτοιν ἢ ἀμφοτέροις ὑπερβάλλον κάλλιόν ἐστιν Id.Grg. 475a
: in pl., one of two parties or sets, Od.11.258; τῶν ἕτεροί γε παῖδα κλαύσονται one set of parents, either mine or thine, Il.20.210;δώῃ δ' ἑτέροισί γε νίκην 7.292
;ἑτέροισι δὲ κῦδος ἔδωκαν 13.303
: freq. with neg.,οὐδ' ἕτεροι 11.71
.2 in double clauses ἕτερος (in Prose always ὁ ἕτερος) is generally repeated; ἑ. μὲν δουρὶ.., τῷ δ' ἑ. 21.164; τὸν ἕ., ἕ. δὲ .. Od. 5.266;ἕ. λευκόν, ἑτέρην δὲ μέλαιναν Il.3.103
, etc.: but sts. omitted in one clause, [ἕτερος μὲν] κακῶν, ἕ. δὲ ἐάων 24.528
, cf. 7.420, IG22.1388.46 (prob.), etc.;ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ' ἑτέρη Il.22.149
, IG12.76.50; ἕ..., ὁ δὲ .. Od.8.374; answered byἄλλος, ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ Il.9.313
, cf. Od.7.123; reversely ἄλλῳ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν [ἔδωκε] Il.13.731, cf. Pl.R. 439b, Tht. 184e; τότε μὲν ἕτερα.., τότε δὲ ἄλλα .. Pl.Alc.1.116e; ὁ ἕτερος.., ὁ λοιπός .. X.An.4.1.23 ; ἕτερα.., τὰ δὲ .. S.OC 1454 (lyr.); laterμίαν μὲν.. ἑτέραν δέ A.D. Synt.172.5
;τὴν μίαν.. τὴν δ' ἑτέρην AP9.680
.3 repeated in the same clause, ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ' ἐστίν one building follows on another, Od.17.266; <ἀ> δ' ἀτέρα τὰν ἀτέραν κύλιξ ὠθήτω let one cup push on the other, Alc.41.5; ἢ θάτερον δεῖ δυστυχεῖν ἢ θάτερον one party or the other, E. Ion [849];ἕτεροι ἑτέρων ἠξίωσαν ἄρχειν Th.2.64
; ἕτερος ἀφ' ἑτέρου θεραπείας ἀναπιμπλάμενοι ἔθνῃσκον ib.51;εἴ τίς τι ἕτερος ἑτέρου προφέρει Id.7.64
;ξυμμειγνυμένων ἑτέρων ἑτέροις Ar.Av. 701
; συμφορὰ ἑτέρα ἑτέρους πιέζει one calamity oppresses one, another others, E.Alc. 893 (lyr.); , cf.S.OC 231 (anap.);ἄλλη δ' εἰς ἑτέρην ὀλυφύρετο A.R.1.250
.4 = δεύτερος, second, ἡ μὲν.., ἡ δ' ἑτέρη.., ἡ δὲ τρίτη .. Od.10.352 sq., cf. Il.16.179, al., X.Cyr.2.3.22; ἡ ἑ. πρότασις the minor premiss, Arist. EN 1143b3: without Art.,ἕ. τέρας Hdt.7.57
; προσαγορεύεις αὐτὰ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι you call them further by a new name, Pl.Phlb. 13a; cf. IV. 1b.b with Pronouns of quantity, ordinals, etc., τόσσοι δ' αὖθ' ἕτεροι ποταμοί as many more, Hes.Th. 367; ἕτερον τοσοῦτον as much again, Hdt.2.149; ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου for as long again, Isoc. 4.153; ἕ. τοιαῦτα other things of like kind, Hdt.1.120, 191; ἑτέρων τοιῶνδε (sc. ἀνθρώπων) ἄρχεις ib. 207; τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ.. τῷ ἑτέρῳ in the same way over again, Id.2.127;ἄλλα τε τοιαῦθ' ἕτερα μυρία Ar.Fr.333.4
; χιλίας ἑτέρας [δραχμάς] D.58.6; δεύτερον, τρίτον ἕ. δικαστήριον, Id.23.71,74; ἕ. ἐγώ, of a friend, Pythag. ap. Iamb.in Nic. p.35 P.; ἕτεροι αὐτοί second selves, Arist.EN 1161b28;εὕρηκε τὸν ἕ., τὸν σέ Men.474
.II without Art., another, of many, with a sense of difference, Il.4.306, Od.7.123, Ar.Ach. 422, Lys.66, etc.;ἕ.αὖ τις Id.Eq. 949
; , etc.;ἕτερα ἄττα Pl.Tht. 188b
; repeatedἑτέραν χἀτέραν τρικυμίαν Men.536.8
: with neg., οἷα οὐχ ἕτερα [ἐγένετο] such as none like them had happened, Th.1.23;ναυμαχία.. οἵα οὐχ ἑτέρα τῶν προτέρων Id.7.70
; οὐδεμιᾶς ἥσσων μᾶλλον ἑτέρας ib. 29 (s.v.l.); οὐχ ἕτερον ἀλλά .. none other than, Plu.2.671b, cf. UPZ 71.9 (ii B.C.).b οἱ ἕ. the rest, Hdt.4.169.c ὁ ἑ. ' one's neighbour', ἀγαπᾶν τὸν ἕ. Ep.Rom.13.6, cf. Ep.Gal.6.4.III of another kind, different,ἕ. δέ με θυμὸς ἔρυκεν Od.9.302
; τὸ μὲν ἕ., τὸ δὲ ἕ., i.e. they are different, Pl.Men. 97d, cf. R. 346a;ἕ. τε καὶ ἀνόμοιον Id.Smp. 186b
;τὸ δὲ ταὐτὸν ἕ. ἀποφαίνειν καὶ τὸ θάτερον ταὐτόν Id.Sph. 259d
;ἕ. ἤδη ἦν καὶ οὐχ ὁ αὐτός D.34.12
; (i B. C.);ἕ. εὐαγγέλιον Ep.Gal.1.6
: coupled with ἄλλος, χἀτέρους ἄλλους πόνους and other different toils, E.Supp. 573 (s.v.l.), cf. Or. 345 (dub.l.);Ῥόδον καὶ ἄλλας ἑτέρας πόλεις D.15.27
;ἕτερον τό τ' ἀλγεῖν καὶ θεωρεῖν ἐστ' ἴσως Philem.75.7
;ἕτερα φρονῶν καὶ δημηγορῶν Din.1.17
: c.gen., other than, different from,φίλους.. ἑτέρους τῶν νῦν ὄντων Th.1.28
, cf. Pl.Prt. 333a, D.10.44, etc.; ἕτερον, ἕτερα ἢ .., E.Or. 345, X.Cyr.1.6.2;παρὰ ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
;ἕτερα πολιτείας εἴδη παρὰ μοναρχίαν Arist.Pol. 1294a25
, cf. 1286b21.2 other than should be, euphem. forκακός, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα S.Ph. 503
;ἀγάθ' ἢ θάτερα, ἵνα μηδὲν εἴπω φλαῦρον D. 22.12
: abs., δαίμων ἕ. Pi.P.3.34; λέκτρα, συμφοραί, E.Med. 639 (lyr.), HF 1238;ἐὰν τὰ ἕ. ψηφίσωνται οἱ δικασταί D.48.30
; πλέον θάτερον ἐποίησαν did more harm (than good), Isoc.19.25, cf. Pl.Phd. 114e, Euthd. 280e, Aristid.2.117 J.IV Special Phrases:1 elliptical, mostly in dat. fem.,a τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (sc. χειρί), [dialect] Ep. ἑτέρῃ or ἑτέρηφι, with one hand (v. sub init.); with the left hand, Od.3.441, Il.22.80, Theoc.24.45: hence prov., οὐ τῇ ἑτέρᾳ ληπτός not to be caught with one hand, Pl.Sph. 226a;ἐκ δ' ἑτέρης A.R.1.1115
, AP 9.650 (Leont.).b θατέρᾳ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) on the morrow, S.OT 782, E.Rh. 449;τῆς ἑτέρας Pl.Cri. 44a
; but τῇ ἑτέρᾳ on the following (i.e. the third) day, X.Cyr.4.6.10.c (sc. ὁδῷ) in another or a different way, ; another way, ;ἑτέρᾳ πῃ Id.Eq.35
; τότ' ἄλλοσ'.., θατέρᾳ δὲ .. S.Tr. 272; θατέρᾳ.., θατέρᾳ .. in one way.., in the other.., Henioch.5.16 ; : acc.ἑτέραν ἐκτρέπεσθαι Luc.Tim.5
.2 adverb. with Preps.:a ἐπὶ θάτερα to the one or the other side, one or the other way, ἐπὶ μὲν θάτερα.., ἐπὶ θ. δὲ .. Hp.Art.7; τότε μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα, τότε δ' ἐπὶ θ. Pl.Sph. 259c: also with another Prep., ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θάτερα to or on the other side, Th.1.87; ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα from the other side, Id.7.37; ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἐπὶ θ., ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ θ. Pl.Prt. 314e: c. gen.,ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θ. τοῦ ποταμοῦ Th.7.84
;εἰς τἀπὶ θ. τῆς πόλεως X.HG6.2.7
;τὸ ἐπὶ θάτερον τῆς ῥινός Hp.Art.35
.b κατὰ θάτερα on the one or other side,κατὰ θ. ἀστός D.57.30
;ψόφου κατὰ θ. προσπεσόντος Plu.Brut.51
, etc.; but καθ' ἕτερα at other points, Th.7.42.V Adv. [full] ἑτέρως in one or the other way, opp. ἀμφοτέρως, Pl.Tht. 181e; ἑ. τε καὶ ἑ., = ἀμφοτέρως, Id.Phdr. 235a; τοῦ σκέλους ἑ. ἔχειν, = ἑτεροσκελὴς εἶναι, Philostr.VA3.39.2 differently, rarely in Poetry,οὐχ ἑ. τις ἐρεῖ Theoc.Ep.10.3
; ἑ. ἔχειν to be different, Ar.Pl. 371: freq. in Prose, ὡς ἑ. in the other way (cf. ὡς), ἢν ἡ ἑτέρη γνάθος ἐκστῇ ὡς ἑ. χρὴ τὴν ἐπίδεσιν ἄγειν Hp.Art.34
, cf. Pl.Sph. 266a, etc.; ἐάν τε καλῶς, ἐάν θ' ὡς ἑ. D.18.85, cf. 212: c. gen., differently from,ἑ. πως τῶν εἰωθότων Pl.Plt. 295d
; ἑ. ἤπερ .. Ael.NA12.28.3 otherwise than should be, badly, wrongly, once in Hom.,ἑ. ἐβόλοντο Od.1.234
;εἰ καὶ ἑ. τοῦτο ἀπέβη SIG851.10
(Marc.Aur.);εἴ τι ἑ. φρονεῖτε Ep.Phil. 3.15
. -
14 νωμάω
Aνώμασκε Mosch.4.108
:—[voice] Med., v.infr.: ( νέμω A.I.I):—deal out, distribute, esp. food and drink at festivals, Il.1.471, Od.3.340, etc. ; ν. φιάλαισιν ἀμπέλου παῖδα pour wine into the several cups, Pi.N.9.51 ;ν. προπόσεις Critias 1.7
D.II (νέμω A.
III. 2) direct, guide,1 of weapons, implements, etc., handle, wield,ἐν παλάμῃσι πελώριον ἔγχος ἐνώμα Il.5.594
;οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
; ;ἄλεισον.. μετὰ χερσὶν ἐνώμα Od.22.10
; ἀεὶ γὰρ πόδα νηὸς ἐνώμων managed the sheet, 10.32 ;νηὸς.. οἰήϊα νωμᾷς 12.218
;ἁνία χερσὶ ν. Pi.I.1.15
; drive,ν. δίφρους Id.P.4.18
;ν. κύλικα Theophil.2.5
:—[voice] Med.,νωμήσασθαι σάκος Q.S.3.439
.b metaph.,ἐν πρύμνῃ πόλεως οἴακα νωμῶν A.Th.3
;νώμα δικαίῳ πηδαλίῳ στρατόν Pi.P.1.86
;πᾶν ἐπὶ τέρμα ν. A.Ag. 781
(lyr.) ;νωμᾶτ' ὠκεανόν, νωμᾶθ' ἅλα, δένδρεά τ' αὔτως Orph.H.38.8
, etc.: abs., to be the guiding power, S.Fr.941.11.2 of the limbs of the human body, ply,γούνατ' ἐν. Il.10.358
;ὄμμα Parm.1.35
;φυγᾷ πόδα ν. S.OT 468
(lyr.) ; ν. ὀφρύν move the brow, A.Ch. 288 ;πτερὸν αἰθέρι ν. AP9.339
(Arch.) ;πήδα.. παμφυὲς νωμῶν δέμας IG42(1).130.19
(Epid.).3 metaph., of the mind, turn over, ἐνὶ φρεσὶ κέρδε' ἐνώμας thou didst use to turn wiles over in the mind, Od.18.216 ;κέρδεα νωμῶν 20.257
; ply nimbly, .4 observe, νωμῶντες.. σῖτα ἀναιρεομένους observing them in the act of foraging, Hdt.4.128 ; of soothsayers,ἐν ὠσὶ ν. καὶ φρεσίν.. χρηστηρίους ὄρνιθας A.Th.25
;ὦ πάντα νωμῶν, Τειρεσία S.OT 300
, cf. E.Ph. 1256 ;τὸ νωμᾶν καὶ τὸ σκοπεῖν ταὐτόν Pl.Cra. 411d
; so prob. in h.Cer. 373 ἀμφὶ ἕ νωμήσας peering round him.III [voice] Med., = νέμομαι, possess, occupy, χώραν, νῆσον, Supp.Epigr.2.511.56, al. (Crete, ii B. C.).—Poet. word, exc. in Hdt. and Pl.Il.cc. and in signf. III. -
15 βαίνω
βαίνω (inf.Aβαίμεναι Hsch.
), [tense] fut.βήσομαι Il.2.339
, etc., [dialect] Dor.βᾱσεῦμαι Theoc.2.8
, etc.: [tense] pf.βέβηκα Il.15.90
, etc., [dialect] Dor.βέβᾱκα Pi.I.4(3).41
, etc., with shortd. formsβεβάᾱσι Il.2.134
, [var] contr. (lyr.), Eu.76, etc.; subj. βεβῶσι ([etym.] ἐμ-) Pl.Phdr. 252e; inf.βεβάμεν Il.17.359
, (lyr.); part.βεβαώς, -αυῖα Il.14.477
, Hom.Epigr.15.10, [var] contr. βεβώς: [tense] plpf.ἐβεβήκειν Il.11.296
, etc., [dialect] Ep.βεβήκειν 6.495
; sync. [ per.] 3pl.βέβᾰσαν 17.286
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἔβην Il. 17.112
, etc., [dialect] Dor.ἔβᾱν Pi.O.13.97
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.βῆ Il.13.297
, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3 dual βάτην [ᾰ] 1.327, [ per.] 3pl.ἔβαν A.Pers.18
(lyr.), ([etym.] κατ-) S.Tr. 504 (lyr.), [dialect] Ep.βάν Il.20.32
; imper. βῆθι, [dialect] Dor. (lyr.); βᾱ in compds. ἔμβα, κατάβα, etc., [ per.] 2pl. , Eu. 1033 (lyr.); subj. βῶ, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. βήῃ ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Il.9.501,βήω 6.113
, (Cret.), [dialect] Dor. βᾶμες (for βῶμεν) Theoc.15.22; opt. βαίην; inf. βῆναι ([dialect] Att. Prose only in compds.), [dialect] Ep.βήμεναι Od.19.296
, [dialect] Dor.βᾶμεν Pi.P.4.39
; part. βάς βᾶσα βάν, [dialect] Dor. pl.ἐκ-βῶντας Th.5.77
:— [voice] Med., [dialect] Ep.[tense] aor.1 ἐβήσετο ([etym.] ἀπ-) Il.1.428:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pres. (v. infr.A.11.1): in compds., [tense] aor. ἀν-, παρ-, ξυν-εβάθην, X.Eq.3.4, Th.3.67, 4.30; laterπαρ-εβάνθην D.C.48.2
,al.; ἀνα-, παρα-, ξυμ-βέβᾰμαι, X.Eq.Mag.1.4, Th.1.123, 8.98;παρα-βέβασμαι D.17.12
: [tense] fut. παρα-βαθήσομαι Sch.E. Hec. 802.—For the [voice] Act. [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 1, v. infr. B; for [tense] pres. part. βιβάς, v. βίβημι.—In correct [dialect] Att. Prose the [tense] pres. βαίνω is almost the only tense in use; but in compds. Prose writers used all tenses freely.A in the above tenses,I intr., walk, step, prop. of motion on foot,ποσὶ βήσετο Il.5.745
, etc.; but also of all motion on ground, the direction being commonly determined by a Prep.:—the kind of motion is often marked by a part., βῆ φεύγων, βῆ ἀΐξασα, Il.2.665, 4.74: c. part. [tense] fut., denoting purpose, βῆ ῥ' Ἶσον.. ἐξεναρίξων he went to slay, Il.11.101: with neut. Adj. as Adv.,σαῦλα ποσὶν β. h.Merc.28
;ἁβρὸν β. παλλεύκῳ ποδί E.Med. 1164
, cf. 830 (lyr.); ἴσα or ὁμοίως β. τινί, D.19.314, X.Eq.1.3;ἐν ποικίλοις β. A.Ag. 936
, cf. 924; march or dance, μετὰ ῥυθμοῦ, ἐν ῥυθμῷ, Th.5.70, Pl.Lg. 670b: freq. c. inf. in Hom., βῆ δ' ἰέναι set out to go, went his way, Il.4.199, etc.;βῆ δ' ἴμεν 5.167
, etc.; βῆ δὲ θέειν started to run, 2.183, etc.;βῆ δ' ἐλάαν 13.27
: c. acc. loci,νέας Od.3.162
, cf. S.OT 153 (lyr.), OC 378; ἐπὶ νηὸς ἔβαινεν was going on board ship, Od.11.534; butἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ [νηῒ].. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι βαῖνον
were on board,Il.
2.510; ἐφ' ἵππων βάντες having mounted the chariot, 18.532; ἐπὶ πώλου βεβῶσα mounted on.., S.OC 313;ἐς δίφρον Il.5.364
; ; βαίνειν δι' αἵματος wade in blood, Id.Ph. 20.2 in [tense] pf., stand or be in a place,χῶρος ἐν ᾧ βεβήκαμεν S.OC52
; βεβηκὼς σφόδρα firmly poised (opp. κρεμάμενος) Pl.Ti. 62c; β. μάχη steady fight, Plu.Phil.9: freq. almost, = εἰμί ( sum), εὖ βεβηκώς on a good footing, well established, prosperous, [θεοὶ] εὖ βεβηκότας ὑπτίους κλίνουσ' Archil.56.3
;τυραννίδα εὖ βεβηκυῖαν Hdt.7.164
, cf. S.El. 979; εὖ βίου βεβηκότα prob. forἐν βίῳ βεβιωκότα Nicom.
Com.2;ἀσφαλέως βεβηκὼς ποσσί Archil.58.4
;ἐπισφαλῶς βεβ. LXX Wi.4.4
;ἄγαλμα βεβηκὸς ἄνω τὰ κάτω δὲ κεχηνός Eub.107.23
; οἱ ἐν τέλει ἐόντες, βεβῶτες, they who arein office, Hdt.9.106, S.Ant.67; τοῦτον οὐχ ὁρῇς ὅκως βέβη-[κεν] ἀνδριάντα; Herod.4.36; [λίθους] ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις χώραις βεβηκότας IG7.3073.163
(Lebad.);ἐν κακοῖς βεβ. S.El. 1057
; μοίρᾳ οὐκ ἐν ἐσθλᾷ β. ib. 1095 (lyr.); βοῦς, κλεὶς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ βέβηκεν, v. βοῦς IV,κλείς 4
;φρόνει βεβὼς ἐπὶ ξυροῦ τύχης S.Ant. 996
.b Geom. of figures, stand on a base, , cf. Apollon.Perg.Con.3.3; *Stereom.1.31; of an angle, stand on an arc, ἐπί τινος, πρός τινι, Euc.3Def.9, cf. 16.26.c βεβηκὼς ῥυθμός stately rhythm, Syrian.in Hermog.1p.69R.; ἀνάπαυσις ib.p.18 R.3 go away, depart,ἐν νηυσὶ φίλην ἐς πατρίδ' Il.12.16
; ἔβαν ἄγοντες, ἔβαν φέρουσαι, have gone and taken away, 1.391, 2.302;ἄφαρ βέβακεν S.Tr. 134
;θανάσιμος βέβηκεν Id.OT 959
, cf. 832;βεβᾶσι φροῦδοι E.IT 1289
; βέβηκα euphem. for τέθνηκα, A.Pers. 1002 (lyr.); of things, ἐννέα ἐνιαυτοὶ βεβάασι nine years have come and gone, Il.2.134; πῇ ὅρκια βήσεται; ib. 339, cf. 8.229.6 c. part. as periphr. for [tense] fut.,βαίνω καταγγέλλων PMag.Par.1.2474
.II c. acc., mount, Hom. only in [tense] aor. [voice] Med.βήσασθαι δίφρον Il.3.262
, Od.3.481: in [voice] Act. ([tense] fut. part. [voice] Med.βησόμενος Them.Or.21.248b
), of the male, mount, cover, Pl.Phdr. 250e, Achae.28, Arist.HA 575a13, etc.:—in [voice] Pass., ἵπποι βαινόμεναι brood mares, Hdt.1.192.2 c. acc. cogn.,β. Δωρίαν κέλευθον ὕμνων Pi.Fr. 191
;Καλλαβίδας Eup.163
; ἔβα ῥόον went down stream, i.e. died, Theoc.1.140.b metaph. of metre, scan, D.H.Comp.21 ([voice] Pass.), Aristid. Quint.1.23,24, etc.; is scanned,Arist.
Metaph. 1093a30.3 χρέος ἔβα με debts came on me, Ar.Nu.30;ὀδύνα μ' ὀδύνα βαίνει E.Hipp. 1371
(lyr.).4 Poet. with acc. of the instrument of motion,βαίνειν πόδα E.El.94
, 1173 (lyr.).5 βαίνειν· φιλεῖν, κολακεύειν, Hsch.B Causal, in [tense] fut. βήσω, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Il.8.197, ([etym.] εἰς-) E.IT 742: [tense] aor. 1 ἔβησα—make to go, φῶτας βῆσεν ἀφ' ἵππων he made them dismount, Il.16.810; ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἵππων βῆσε κακῶς he brought them down from the chariot in sorry plight, 5.164;ὄφρα βάσομεν ὄκχον Pi.O. 6.24
.—Rare in Trag. (exc. in compds.), E.Med. 209 (lyr.).—The simple Verb is uncommon in later Gr. (For βάμ-yω, cf. Lat. venio, Skt. gamyáte; βάσκω corresponds to Skt. gácchati (g[uglide]ṃ-sk-); root g[uglide]em- in OHG. quëman 'come'; ἔβην, βήσομαι fr. root g[uglide]ā-, Skt. jigāti, [tense] aor. ágāt.) -
16 καθίστημι
A in causal sense:—[voice] Act., in [tense] pres., [tense] impf., [tense] fut., and [tense] pf.καθέστᾰκα Hyp.Eux.28
, LXXJe.1.10, D.H.Dem.54, D.S.32.11, etc.; onceκαθέστηκα PHib.1.82i14
(iii B. C.): [tense] plpf.- εστάκει Demetr.
Sceps. ap. Ath.15.697d:—also in [voice] Med., [tense] fut. (Paus.3.5.1), [tense] aor. 1, more rarely [tense] pres. (infr. A. 11.2):— set down,κρητῆρα καθίστα Il.9.202
; νῆα κατάστησον bring it to land, Od.12.185; κ. δίφρους place, station them, before starting for the race, S.El. 710; ποῖ [ δεῖ] καθιστάναι πόδα; E.Ba. 184;κ. τινὰ εἰς τὸ φανερόν X.An.7.7.22
; set up, erect, of stones, Inscr.Cypr.94, 95 H.:—[voice] Med., [ λαῖφος] κατεστήσαντο βοεῦσι steadied it, h.Ap. 407.2 bring down to a place,τούς μ' ἐκέλευσα Πύλονδε καταστῆσαι Od.13.274
: generally, bring,κ. τινὰ ἐς Νάξον Hdt.1.64
, cf. Th.4.78; esp. bring back,πάλιν αὐτὸν κ. ἐς τὸ τεῖχος σῶν καὶ ὑγιᾶ Id.3.34
;κ. τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἰς Ἰωνίαν πάλιν X.An.1.4.13
; without πάλιν, replace, restore,ἐς φῶς σὸν κ. βίον E.Alc. 362
; ἃς (sc. τὰς κόρας) οὐδ' ὁ Μελάμπους.. καταστήσειεν ἄν cure their squint, Alex.112.5; ἰκτεριῶντας κ. Dsc.4.1; τὸ σῶμα restore the general health, Hp.Mul. 2.133:—[voice] Med., κατεστήσαντο (v.l. for κατεκτήσαντο)εὐδαιμονίαν Isoc. 4.62
:—[voice] Pass., οὐκ ἂν ἀντὶ πόνων Χάρις καθίσταιτο would be returned, Th. 4.86.3 bring before a ruler or magistrate, Hdt.1.209, PRyl.65.10 (i B. C.), etc.;τινὰ ἐπί τινα PCair.Zen.202.6
(iii B. C.), POxy.281.24 (i A. D.).2 ordain, appoint, , cf. 25: usu. without the inf.,κ. τινὰ ὕπαρχον Id.7.105
; ἄλλον [ ἄρχοντα]ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ X.Cyr.3.1.12
, etc.;βασιλέα ἐπί τινας LXX 1 Ki.8.5
, al.;τινὰ ἐς μοναρχίαν E.Supp. 352
;ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς Isoc.12.132
;τινὰ τύραννον Ar.Av. 1672
;κ. ἐγγυητάς Hdt.1.196
, Ar.Ec. 1064; δικαστάς, ἐπιμελητάς, νομοθέτας, Id.Pl. 917, X.Cyr.8.1.9, D.3.10 (sed leg. καθίσατε, cf.καθίζω 1.4
); of games, etc., γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας κ. Isoc.4.1: rarely c. inf.,οἱ καθιστάντες μουσικῇ.. παιδεύειν Pl.R. 410b
:—so in [voice] Pass.,κυβερνᾶν κατασταθείς X. Mem.1.7.3
: [tense] aor. [voice] Med., appoint for oneself,τύραννον καταστησάμενοι παρὰ. σφίσι αὐτοῖσι Hdt.5.92
.á;ἄρχοντας X.An.3.1.39
, etc.b esp. of laws, constitutions, ceremonies, etc., establish, νόμους, τελετάς, E.Or. 892, Ba.21, etc.; πολιτείαν, δημοκρατίαν, Arist.Ath.7.1, Decr.ib. 29.3;ὀλιγαρχίαν Lys.12.42
; also, set in order, arrange, :—also in [voice] Med., ; ; ;πόλεις ἐπὶ τὸ ὠφέλιμον Id.1.76
; [ Εὔβοιαν] ὁμολογίᾳ ib. 114; πρὸς ἐμὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα καταστήσασθαι settle it with me, D.21.90.3 bring into a certain state,τινὰ ἐς ἀπόνοιαν Th.1.82
;ἐς ἀπορίαν Id.7.75
;εἰς ἀνάγκην Lys.3.3
;εἰς αἰσχύνην Pl.Sph. 230d
;εἰς ἐρημίαν φίλων Id.Phdr. 232d
; ;τινὰ εἰς ἀσφάλειαν Isoc.5.123
; τίνας εἰς ἀγῶνα καθέστακα; Hyp.Eux. 28, cf. Lycurg.2;κ. τινὰ ἐν ἀγῶνι καὶ κινδύνῳ Antipho 5.61
;τὴν πόλιν ἐν πολέμῳ Pl.Mx. 242a
;τοὺς φίλους ἐν ἀκινδύνῳ X.Cyr.4.5.28
; κ. ἑαυτὸν ἐς κρίσιν present himself for trial, Th.1.131, cf. Lycurg.6; κ. τινὰ εἰς τοὺς ἀρχικούς reckon him as one of.., X.Mem.2.1.9.4 c. dupl. acc., make, render so and so,ψευδῆ γ' ἐμαυτόν S.Ant. 657
;ἡ ἐπιθυμία κ. τινὰ ἀμνήμονα Antipho 2.1.7
; τὸ πιστὸν ὑμᾶς ἀπιστοτέρους κ. Th.1.68; κ. τι φανερόν, σαφές, Id.2.42, 1.32; τινὸς ἐπίπονον τὸν βίον κ. Isoc.10.17: c. part., κλαίοντα καθιστάναι τινά bring one to tears, E.Andr. 635: rarely c. inf., κ. τινὰ φεύγειν make him fly, Th.2.84, cf. E.Alc. 283, Luc.Charid.8:—[voice] Pass., .5 [voice] Med., get for oneself, .6 make, in periphrases,πάννυχοι.. διάπλοον καθίστασαν A.Pers. 382
:—[voice] Med., κρυφαῖον ἔκπλουν οὐδαμῇ καθίστατο ib. 385.B intr. in [tense] aor. 2, [tense] pf. καθέστηκα, and [tense] plpf. of [voice] Act. (also [tense] fut.καθεστήξω Th.3.37
, 102), and all tenses of [voice] Med. (exc. [tense] aor. 1 ) and [voice] Pass.: [tense] pf. καθέσταμαι in later Greek, IG22.1006.24 (ii B. C.), LXXNu.3.32, etc.:—to be set, set oneself down, settle, ἐς [ Αἴγιναν] Hdt.3.131, cf. Th.4.75; [ ὀδύναι]καθίσταντο ἐς ὑπογάστριον Hp.Epid.7.97
; of joints, ἐξίσταται ἀνωδύνως καὶ κ. goes out of joint and in again, Id.Art.8; κ. ἐς Ῥήγιον to make R. a base of operations, Th.3.86; simply, to be come to a place,ὅποι καθέσταμεν S.OC23
.b come before another, stand in his presence, Pi.P.4.135;λέξον καταστάς A.Pers. 295
(unless it be taken in signf. 4), cf. Hdt.1.152;κ. ἐς ὄψιν τινός Id.7.29
; , cf. 156;καταστὰς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἔλεγε Th.4.84
.2 to be set as guard,ὑπό τινος Hdt.7.59
, cf. S.OC 356, X.An.4.5.19, etc.; to be appointed,δεσπότης.. καθέστηκα E.HF 142
;στρατηλάτης νέος καταστάς Id.Supp. 1216
; κ. Χορηγὸς εἰς Θαργήλια, στρατηγός, etc., Antipho 6.11, Isoc.4.35, etc.;οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
; δικτάτωρ.. καθε[ στάμενος τὸ τέταρτον], = Lat. dictator designatus quartum, of Caesar, IG12(2).35b7 (Mytil.).4 also, stand or become quiet or calm, of water,ὅταν ἡ λίμνη καταστῇ Ar.Eq. 865
, cf. PHolm.16.3; θάλασσα γαληνὴ καὶ κ. Plb.21.31.10; πνεῦμα λεῖον καὶ καθεστηκός calm and settled, Ar.Ra. 1003; ὁ θόρυβος κατέστη subsided, Hdt.3.80; of laughter, Philostr. VA3.4; of a swelling, Hp.Prog.7;ἕως τὰ πράγματα κατασταίη Lys. 13.25
; also of persons, καταστάς composedly, A.Pers. 295 (but v. supr. 1b); [ ἡ ψυχὴ]καθίσταται καὶ ἠρεμίζεται Arist.Ph. 248a2
; ὁρῶμεν [ τοὺς ἐνθουσιαστικοὺς]..καθισταμένους Id.Pol. 1342a10
;καθεστηκυίας τῆς διανοίας Ocell.4.13
; καθεστῶτι προσώπῳ with composed, calm countenance, Plu.Fab.17;μαίνεσθαι καὶ ἔξω τοῦ καθεστηκότος εἶναι Luc.Philops.5
; τίς ἂν καθεστηκὼς φήσαιε; what person of mature judgement would say.. ? Phld.Po.5.15; ἡ καθεστηκυῖα ἡλικία middle age, Th.2.36; ἡλικία μέση καὶ κ. Pl.Ep. 316c; οἱ καθεστηκότες those of middle age, Hp.Aph.1.13: also, with metaphor from wine, mellow, of persons, Alex.45.8.5 come into a certain state, become, and in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., to have become, be,ἀντὶ φίλου πολέμιόν τινι κ. Hdt. 1.87
;οἱ μὲν ὀφθαλμῶν ἰητροὶ κατεστέασι, οἱ δὲ κεφαλῆς Id.2.84
;ἔμφρων καθίσταται S.Aj. 306
;τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑπόπτων καθεστώτων Epicur. Sent.13
;ἐς μάχην Hdt.3.45
;ἐς πόλεμον ὑμῖν καὶ μάχην κ. E.HF 1168
;ἐς πάλην καθίσταται δορὸς τὸ πρᾶγμα Id.Heracl. 159
;ἐς τὴν ἴησιν Hp.Prorrh.2.12
; ἐς τὸ αὐτό they recover, Id.Coac. 160 (later abs.,καταστῆναι καὶ μηδενὸς ἔτι φαρμάκου δεηθῆναι Gal.Vict.Att.1
);ἐς τοὺς κινδύνους Antipho 2.3.1
;ἐς φόβον Hdt.8.12
, Th.2.81; ἐς δέος, λύπην, Id.4.108,7.75;ἐς φυγήν Id.2.81
;ἐς ἔχθραν τινί Isoc.9.67
; εἰς ὁμόνοιαν, εἰς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν, Lys.18.18, 12.3; καταστῆναι ἐς συνήθειάν τινος τὴν πόλιν ποιεῖν make the city become accustomed to it, Aeschin.1.165; had been,Hdt.
1.92, cf. 9.37;ἐν δείματι μεγάλῳ κατέστασαν Id.7.138
; καταστάντων σφι εὖ τῶν πρηγμάτων ib. 132; τίνι τρόπῳ καθέστατε; in what case are ye? S.OT10; φονέα με φησὶ.. καθεστάναι ib. 703;ἄπαρνος δ' οὐδενὸς καθίστατο Id.Ant. 435
;κρυπτὸς καταστάς E.Andr. 1064
;οἱ ἐν τούτῳ τῆς ἡλικίας καθεστῶτες ἐν ᾧ.. Antipho 2.1.1
; ἐν οἵῳ τρόπῳ [ἡ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἀρχὴ] κατέστη how it came into being, Th.1.97, cf. 96; ἀρξάμενος εὐθὺς καθισταμένου (sc. τοῦ πολέμου ) from its first commencement, Id.1.1.6 to be established or instituted, prevail,καί σφι μαντήϊον Διὸς κατέστηκε Hdt.2.29
; ἄγραι.. πολλαὶ κατεστᾶσι ib.70, cf. 1.200; ὅδε σφι νόμος κατεστήκεε ib. 197;βροτοῖσιν ὃς καθέστηκεν νόμος E. Hipp.91
: c. inf.,θεὸν Ἀμφιάραον πρώτοις Ὠρωπίοις κατέστη νομίζειν Paus.1.34.2
: [tense] pf. part., existing, established, prevailing, τὸν νῦν κατεστεῶτα κόσμον Hdt 1.65;ἦν κατεστηκὸς οὐδὲν φόρου πέρι Id.3.89
; τοὺς κατεστεῶτας τριηκοσίους the regular 300, Id.7.205;οἱ καθεστῶτες νόμοι S.Ant. 1113
, Ar.Nu. 1400; τὰ καθεστῶτα the present state of life, S.Ant. 1160; also, existing laws, usages, τὰ τότε κ., τά ποτε κ., Pl.Lg. 798b, Isoc.7.56;ἐπὶ τοῖσι κατεστεῶσι ἔνεμε τὴν πόλιν Hdt.1.59
.7 of purchases, cost, πλέον ἢ ὅσου ἐμοὶ κατέστησαν more than they stood me in, And.2.11, cf. Plu.2.349a.8 stand against, oppose, πρός τινα dub. l. in Plb.23.18.5:—[voice] Pass.,Τιτήνεσσι κατέσταθεν Hes. Th. 674
.C [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. and sts. [tense] pres. [voice] Med. are used in trans. sense, v. supr. A. 11.2sq.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καθίστημι
-
17 κεῖμαι
Aκεῖσαι Il.19.319
, etc. (κατά-κειαι h.Merc. 254
, Arc. κεῖοι Tab.Defix. in Philol.59.201),κεῖται Il.6.47
, Hdt.1.9,4.62 (v.l. κέεται), IG 12.94.25; pl. , [dialect] Ion.κέᾰται Il.11.659
, al., Hdt. ( προς-κέανται is f.l. 1.133, cf. προς-κέαται, v.l. - κέονται, Hp.Fract.6),κείᾰται Mimn.11.6
( κατα- Il.24.567),κέονται Il.22.510
, Od.16.232, prob. in Alc.94,συγ-κέονται Aret.SD2.4
; imper. κεῖσο, κείσθω, Il.18.178, Hdt.2.171; subj. [ per.] 3sg. , Lycurg.113, [dialect] Ep. κεῖται (fr. κέψ-ε-ται) Il.19.32, Od.2.102, al.,δια-κέησθε Isoc.15.259
,κείωνται IG22.1176.21
; opt. [ per.] 3sg.κέοιτο Hdt.1.67
, Hp.Art.14 ( κατα-), Is.6.32, Pl.R. 477a; inf.κεῖσθαι Il.8.126
, Hp.Prog.3, Hdt.2.127, al., κέεσθαι v.l.in ib.2, cf.Hp.Aër.6, Archim. Aequil.1 Prooem.; part.κεί μενος Il.7.265
, etc.: [tense] impf.ἐκείμην Od.13.284
, etc., [dialect] Ep.κείμην 9.434
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.κέσκετο 21.41
, ( παρε-) 14.521; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl.ἐκέατο Hdt.1.167
, [dialect] Ep.κέατο Il.13.763
,κείατο 11.162
;κεῖντο 21.426
, ( ἐπέ-) Od.6.19: [tense] fut.κείσομαι Il.18.121
, A.Ch. 895, etc., [dialect] Dor.κεισεῦμαι Theoc.3.53
. (Cf. Skt. śéte ( = κεῖται), also śáyate 'lie', Gr. κοίτη, κοιμάομαι, perh. Lat. cunae, etc.):— to be laid (used as [voice] Pass. to τίθημι): hence, lie, lie outstretched, used by Hom. mostly with Preps.,πυρὴν.. ᾗ ἔνι κεῖται Πάτροκλος Il.23.210
;κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ 9.556
;ἐπὶ γαίῃ 11.162
;ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Od.21.390
; alsoἐπί τινος, ὀστέα.. κείμεν' ἐπ' ἠπείρου 1.162
;τὸ δ' ἥμισυ κεῖτ' ἐπὶ γαίης Il.13.565
, cf. 20.345; but ὁ δ' ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα lay stretched over.., Od.11.577, al.; later κεῖσθαι εἰς .., in pregnant sense,εἰς ἀνάγκην κείμεθ' E.IT 620
;εἰς ὀλίγην κ. κόνιν AP9.677
(Agath.); also ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν κ. to be strewn upon the path, Call.Iamb.1.250: Archit., κείμενον σχῆμα, opp. ὠρθωμένον, plan, opp. elevation, Apollod.Poliorc.163.3: c.acc.,τόπον.. ὅντινα κεῖται S.Ph. 145
(anap.).2 lie down to rest, repose, Od.13.281, etc.;πορφυρέᾳ κείμενος ἐν χλανίδι Simon.37.12
; lie, remain,κεῖτο γὰρ ἐν νήεσσι.. Ἀχιλλεύς Il.2.688
, cf. 7.230, etc.;οὐ χρῆν ἥσυχον κεῖσθαι πόδα S.Fr.142.13
; lie still, λασίην ὑπὸ γαστέρ' ἐλυσθεὶς κείμην, of Odysseus under the ram's belly, Od.9.434: metaph., κακὸν κείμενον a sleeping evil, S.OC 510 (lyr.);τοῦ κύματος κειμένου Ael.NA15.5
.3 lie sick or wounded, ἐν νήσῳ κεῖτο, of Philoctetes, Il.2.721, cf. 15.240;κείσεται οὐτηθείς 8.537
, cf. 11.659; ;κεῖτ' ὀλιγηπελέων Od.5.457
; lie in misery, ;κεῖται ἐν ἄλγεσι θυμός 21.88
, cf. S.Ph. 183 (lyr.);κ. ἐν κακοῖς E.Ph. 1639
, Hec. 969; κειμένῳ ἐπεμπηδᾶν to kick him when he's down, Ar.Nu. 550.4 lie dead, Il.5.467, 16.541, al., A.Ag. 1438, 1446, S.Ph. 359;κεῖται δὲ νεκρὸς περὶ νεκρῷ Id.Ant. 1240
: rare in Prose,χίλιοι.. νεκροὶ κείμενοι Hdt.8.25
, cf. Hdn. 2.1.8.b freq. also in epitaphs, lie buried,τῇδε κείμεθα Simon. 92
, cf. 97; ; alsoκ. ἐν Ταρ τάρῳ Pi.P.1.15
; ἐν τάφῳ, ἐν Ἅιδου, παρ' Ἅιδῃ, A.Ch. 895, S.El. 463, OT 972; also in Prose,τὸν χῶρον ἐν τῷ κέοιτο Ὀρέστης Hdt.1.67
, cf. 4.11,9.105, Th.2.43; κ.ὑπό τινων to be buried by.., Plu.2.583c.5 freq. of a corpse, lie unburied, Il.18.338, 19.32;κεῖται.. νέκυς ἄκλαυτος ἄθαπτος 22.386
; ; also κεῖτ' ἀπόθεστος.. ἐν πολλῇ κόπρῳ lay uncared for, of the old hound of Odysseus, Od.17.296;εὐνὴ.. κάκ' ἀράχνια κεῖται ἔχουσα 16.35
; of places, lie in ruins,δόμοι.. χαμαιπετεῖς ἔκεισθ' ἀεί A.Ch. 964
(lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 425a, Lyc.252.6 of wrestlers, have a fall, A.Eu. 590;πεσών γε κείσομαι Ar.Nu. 126
.II of places, to be situated, lie,νῆσος ἀπόπροθεν εἰν ἁλὶ κεῖται Od.7.244
, cf. 9.25, 10.196, etc.; ἐν τῇ [γῇ] κείμενά ἐστι τὰ Σοῦσα (for κεῖται) Hdt.5.49;Αἴγινα.. πρὸς νότου κ. πνοάς A.Fr. 404
;πρὸ Μεγάρων κ. Th.3.51
;πόλις αὐτάρκη θέσιν κειμένη Id.1.37
; Aër.6, cf. Arist. HA 496a14; κ. πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον, πρὸς ἄρκτον, Id.Mete. 360b14, 363a3.2 of things, lie or be in a place,ὅθι οἱ φίλα δέμνι' ἔκειτο Od.8.277
; ἕλε δίφρον κείμενον placed there, 17.331, cf. 410;φόρμιγγα.., ἥ που κεῖται ἐν ἡμετέροισι δόμοισι 8.255
: in Prose,δύο τράπεζαι ἐκείσθην Lys.13.37
;χύτρας εὐκρινῶς κειμένας X.Oec.8.19
.III to be laid up, in store, of goods, property, etc.,δόμοις ἐν κτήματα κεῖται Il.9.382
;πολλὰ δ' ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρὸς κειμήλια κ. 6.47
; βασιλῆϊ δὲ κεῖται ἄγαλμα is reserved.., 4.144; μνῆμα ξείνοιο.. κέσκετ' ἐνὶ μεγάροισι was left lying.., Od.21.41; of things dedicated to a god,κ. ἐν θησαυρῷ Hdt.1.51
, cf. 52, Alc.94; of money, κείμενα deposits, Hdt.6.86.ά; κ. σοι εὐεργεσία ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ οἴκῳ Th.1.129
, cf. SIG22.15 (Epist. Darei), Pl.R. 345a; πολλὰ χρήματα ἐπὶ τῇ τούτου τραπέζῃ κεῖταί μοι at his bank, Isoc.17.44; ; τἀργύριόν σοι κείσεται the caution-money shall be deposited, Ar.Ra. 624; δραχ μὴν ὑπόθες.—Answ.κεῖται πάλαι Diph.73.2
: metaph., εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη shall be placed to her credit, S.Ant. 485, cf. Pi.I. 5(4).18.2 to be set up, ordained,ἄεθλα κεῖτ' ἐν ἀγῶνι Il.23.273
, cf. Hdt.8.26,93, Th.2.46;ὅπλων ἔκειτ' ἀγὼν πέρι S.Aj. 936
(lyr.).3 of laws, κεῖται νόμος the law is laid down, E.Hec. 292; ; ; οἱ νόμοι οἱ κείμενοι the established laws, Ar.Pl. 914, cf. Lys.1.48, etc.;οἱ ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν κείμενοι νόμοι X.Mem. 4.4.21
;οἱ νόμοι οἱ ὑπὸ οἱ τῶν βασιλέων κείμενοι Isoc.1.36
, cf. D.24.62; ; αἱ κείμεναι ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπατικῶν γνῶμαι the votes given by.., D.H.7.47; οὐκέτι κ. ἡ διαθήκη no longer holds, Is.6.32; so of philosophical arguments, hold good,κατά τινων Phld.Rh.1.51
S.; ;κείμεναι ζημίαι Lys.14.9
, cf. Th.3.45.4 to be laid down in argument, posited, assumed,τοῦτο ἡμῖν οὕτω κείσθω Pl.R. 350d
, etc.;ὡμολογημένον ἡμῖν κ. Id.Plt. 300e
; freq. in Arist., let it be assumed, Apr. ,al.; τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς κείμενον the assumption, Metaph.1008b2, 1047b10(pl.);τὰ περὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐν τοῖς περὶ ῥητορικῆς κ. Po. 1456a35
.5 of names, οὔνομα κεῖται the name is given, Hdt.4.184, 7.200, cf. X.Cyr.2.2.12, Pl.Sph. 257c, etc.; ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς κείμενον [ὄνομα] Is.3.32; κεῖσθαι without ὄνομα, Pl.Cra. 392d; κείμενα ὀόματα established terms, Arist. Top. 140a3, Demetr.Eloc.96.6 metaph., πάντα δεινὰ κἀπικινδύνως βροτοῖς κεῖται, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα danger is set before men, that they may.., S.Ph. 503.V metaph., of continuing conditions, ἐνὶ φρεσὶ πένθος ἔκειτο lay heavy, Od.24.423; εὔστομα κείσθω remain unspoken, Hdt.2.171; νεῖκος ἔκειτό τισι there was an enduring feud, S.OT 491 (lyr.); Ἑλλήνων κείσομαι ἐν στόματι my name shall be a household word, AP9.62 (Even.);πολλῶν κείμενος ἐν στόμασιν Thgn.240
;εὖ κείμενα A.Ch. 693
; μὴ κινεῖν (sc. κακὸν) εὖ κείμενον 'let sleeping dogs lie', Pl.Phlb. 15c, cf. Hyp. Fr.30, Suid.2 ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται, i.e. these things are yet in the power of the gods, to give or not, Il.17.514, 20.435.3 κεῖσθαι ἔν τινι to rest entirely or be dependent on him,ἐν ἀγαθοῖσι κ. πολίων κυβερνάσιες Pi.P.10.71
; (lyr.); alsoἐπί τινι, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κ. Pi.P.8.76
: also with simple dat.,Λεωφίλῳ πάντα κεῖται Archil.69
, prob.in Com.Adesp.1325; of things, depend upon,τὸ πανηγυρικὸν ἐν μελέτῃ καὶ τριβῇ κ. Phld.Rh.1.93
S.;τὰ.. γυμνάσια ἐν τῇ κινήσει κ. Antyll.
ap. Orib.6.23.1.4 Medic., to be left to settle, of urine, Hp.Epid.1.26.β.b φάρυγξ οὐ φλεγμαίνουσα, κειμένη δέ, i.e. not swollen, ib.2.2.24.5 Gramm., of words and phrases, to be found, occur,παρὰ τῷ ποιητῃ Str.7.3.6
, cf. Ath.2.58b;κεῖται ἐν τῷ Περὶ Πλούτου Phld.Oec. p.39
J.; ποῦ κεῖται; Ath.4.165d, cf. Κειτούκειτος; κ. ἀντί τινος to be used instead of.., Str.8.6.7; τὸ κείμενον the received text, Sch.vulg.Pi.O.2.48. -
18 ἔρχομαι
Aἠρχόμην Hp.Epid.7.59
, Arat.102, ([etym.] δι-) Pi.O.9.93 ; freq. in later Prose, LXXGe.48.7, Ev.Marc.1.45, Luc.Jud.Voc.4, Paus.5.8.5, etc.; in [dialect] Att. rare even in compds.,ἐπ-ηρχόμην Th.4.120
(perh. fr. ἐπάρχομαι), προς- ib. 121 (perh. fr. προσάρχομαι), cod.: from ἐλυθ- (cf. ἐλεύθω ) come [tense] fut. ἐλεύσομαι, Hom., [dialect] Ion., Trag. (A. Pr. 854, Supp. 522, S.OC 1206, Tr. 595), in [dialect] Att. Prose only in Lys.22.11, freq. later, D.H.3.15, etc.: [tense] aor., [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.ἤλῠθον Il.1.152
, Pi.P.3.99, etc., used by E. (not A. or S.) in dialogue (Rh.660,El. 598,Tr.374, cf. Neophr.1.1); but ἦλθον is more freq. even in Hom., and is the only form used in obl. moods, ἐλθέ, ἔλθω, ἔλθοιμι, ἐλθεῖν, ἐλθών; [dialect] Ep. inf. ἐλθέμεναι, -έμεν, Il.1.151, 15.146 (indic. never ἐλυθ- unaugmented unlessἐξ-ελύθη Il.5.293
has replaced ἐξ-έλυθε); [dialect] Dor.ἦνθον Epich.180
, Sophr.144, Theoc.2.118; imper.ἐνθέ Aristonous 1.9
; part.ἐνθών IG9(1).867
(Corc., vi B.C.), ([etym.] κατ-) Schwyzer 657.4 (Arc., iv B.C.); subj.ἔνθῃ Berl.Sitzb.1927.164
([place name] Cyrene); [dialect] Lacon. ἔλσῃ, ἔλσοιμι, ἐλσών, Ar.Lys. 105, 118, 1081 ; later , Ev.Matt.25.36, BGU530.11 (i A.D.), IG14.1320, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. , al., PTeb. 179 (ii B.C.), etc.;ἤλυθα IG14.1971
, Nonn.D.37.424, ([etym.] ἐπ-) AP14.44: [tense] pf. ἐλήλῠθα (not in Hom.) A.Pr. 943, etc.; sync. pl. ἐλήλῠμεν, -υτε, Cratin.235, Achae.24,43 ; [dialect] Ep. εἰλήλουθα, whence I pl.εἰλήλουθμεν Il.9.49
, Od.3.81, part.εἰληλουθώς 19.28
, 20.360 ; onceἐληλουθώς Il.15.81
, part.κατ-εληλευθυῖα Berl.Sitzb. 1927.166
([place name] Cyrene); Cret. [tense] pf. inf. ἀμφ-εληλεύθεν, v. ἀμφέρχομαι: [dialect] Boeot. [tense] pf.διεσς-είλθεικε Schwyzer 485.2
(Thesp., iii B.C.), part. κατηνθηκότι ib.657.39 (Arc., iv B.C.): [tense] plpf. ; [dialect] Ion.ἐληλύθεε Hdt.5.98
; [dialect] Ep.εἰληλούθει Il.4.520
,εἰληλούθειν Call.Fr. 532
.—In [dialect] Att. the obl. moods of [tense] pres., as well as the [tense] impf. and [tense] fut. were replaced by forms of εἶμι ibo (q.v.): in LXX and Hellenistic Greek the place of the compounds, esp. ἐξ-, εἰς-έρχομαι, is commonly taken by ἐκ-, εἰς-πορεύομαι, etc., the [tense] fut., [tense] aor., and [tense] pf. being supplied as before by ἐλυθ- ([etym.] ἐλθ-):I start, set out, ἦ μέν μοι μάλα πολλὰ..Λυκάων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπέτελλε when I was setting out, Il.5.198, cf. 150 ; τύχησε γὰρ ἐρχομένη νηῦς a ship was just starting, Od. 14.334 ; ἐς πλόον ἐρχομένοις (v.l. ἀρχ-) Pi.P.1.34.2 walk,=περιπατέω, χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.442
; σὲ δ' ἐρχόμενον ἐν δίκᾳ πολὺς ὄλβος ἀμφινέμεται walking in justice, Pi.P.5.14 : the two foreg. rare signfs. belong only to the [tense] pres. ἔρχομαι.II (much more freq.) come or go (the latter esp. in [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.), ἦλθες thou art come, Od.16.461, etc.; χαίροισ' ἔρχεο go and fare thee well, Sapph.Supp.23.7, cf. Il.9.43, Od.10.320, 1.281 ;ἀγγελίην στρατοῦ.. ἐρχομένοιο 2.30
, cf. 10.267 ; πάλιν ἐλθέμεν, αὖτε εἰλήλουθα, 19.533, 549 ; οἶκον ἐλεύσεται ib. 313 ;οἴκαδε 5.220
; : as a hortatory exclamation,ἀλλ' ἔρχευ, λέκτρονδ' ἴομεν Od.23.254
, cf. 17.529.III c. acc. cogn., ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι to go a journey, Il.1.151 ;ἄλλην ὁδόν, ἄλλα κέλευθα ἤλθομεν Od.9.262
;τηϋσίην ὁδὸν ἔλθῃς 3.316
: freq. in Trag., A.Pr. 962, Th. 714 (alsoκατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν Pl.Lg. 707d
); νόστιμον ἐλθεῖν πόδα (v.l. δόμον) E.Alc. 1153 ; ἀγγε- λίην, ἐξεσίην ἐλθεῖν, go on an embassy, Il.11.140, Od.21.20.2 c. acc. loci, come to, arrive at, rare in Hom.,Ἀΐδαο δόμους ἔρχεαι Il. 22.483
;ἔρχεσθον κλισίην 1.322
: freq. in later Poets, Pi.P.4.52, S. Tr. 259, etc. ; traverse,ὁ ἥλιος ἔρχεται τῆς Λιβύης τὰ ἄνω Hdt.2.24
: c. acc. pers., αῐ κέν τι νέκυς (acc. pl.)ῂσχυμμένος ἔλθῃ Il.18.180
;σὲ δ', ὦ τέκνον, τόδ' ἐλήλυθεν πᾶν κράτος S.Ph. 141
(lyr.).3 c. gen. loci, ἔρχονται πεδίοιο through or across the plain, Il.2.801 ; but also, from a place, .4 c. dat. pers., come to, i.e. come to aid or relieve one, rare in Hom., Od.16.453 ; freq. later, Pi.O.1.100, Th.1.13. etc. ;ἀποροῦντι αὐτῷ ἔρχεται Προμηθεὺς ἐπισκεψόμενος τὴν νομήν Pl.Prt. 321c
; also in hostile sense,ἔρχομαί σοι Apoc.2.5
.IV c. [tense] fut. part., to denote the object, ἔρχομαι ἔγχος οίσόμενος I go to fetch.., Il.13.256 ;ἔρχομαι ὀψομένη 14.301
: freq. in Trag.,μαρτυρήσων ἦλθον A.Eu. 576
; .2 in Hdt. like an auxiliary Verb, ἔρχομαι ἐρέων, φράσων, I am going to tell, 1.5,3.6, al. ;σημανέων 4.99
;μηκυνέων 2.35
: rare in [dialect] Att., ἔ. κατηγορήσων, ἀποθανούμενος, Pl.Euthphr.2c, Thg. 129a ; ἔρχομαι ἐπιχειρῶν -σοι ἐπιδείξασθαι, for ἔ. σοι ἐπιδειξόμενος, Id.Phd. 100b ;οὐ τοῦτο λέξων ἔρχομαι, ὡς.. X.Ages.2.7
.3 c. part. [tense] pres., [tense] aor., or [tense] pf., in Hom., to show the manner of moving, ἄγγελος ἦλθε θέουσα she came running, Il.11.715, al. ; μὴ πεφοβημένος ἔλθῃς lest thou come thither in full flight,10.510 ; ἦλθε φθάμενος he came first,23.779 ;κεχαρισμένος ἔλθυι Od.2.54
.4 aor, part. ἐλθών added to Verbs, οὐ δύναμαι..μάχεσθαι ἐλθών go and fight, Il.16.521 ; κάθηρον ἐλθών come and cleanse, ib. 668 ;λέγοιμ' ἂν ἐλθών A.Supp. 928
;δρᾶ νυν τάδ' ἐλθών S.Ant. 1107
.V of any kind of motion, ἐξ ἁλὸς ἐλθεῖν to rise out of the sea, Od.4.448, al. ; ἐπὶ πόντον to go over it, 2.265 ; with qualifying phrase, πόδεσσιν ἔ. to go on foot, 6.40 (but πεζὸς εἰλήλουθα have come as a foot-soldier, Il. 5.204) ; of birds, 17.755, etc. ; of ships, 15.549, Od.14.334 ; of spears or javelins, freq. in Il. ; of natural phenomena, as rivers, 5.91 ; wind and storm, 9.6, Od.12.288 ; clouds, Il.4.276,16.364 ; stars, rise, Od. 13.94 ; time,είς ὅ κεν ἔλθῃ νύξ Il.14.77
, cf. 24.351 ;ἐπὴν ἔλθῃσι θέρος Od.11.192
;ἔτος ἦλθε 1.16
; of events and conditions, , cf. 11.135 ; of feelings, go, ;ἀπὸ πραπίδων ἦλθ' ἵμερος 24.514
; of sounds, etc.,τὸν..περὶ φρένας ἤλυθ' ίωή 10.139
;Κύκλωπα περὶ φρένας ἤλυθεν οἶνος Od.9.362
; without φρένας, περὶ δέ σφεας ἤλυθ' ι>ωή 17.261, cf. 16.6 ; of battle,ὁμόσ' ἦλθε μάχη Il.13.337
; of things sent or taken, , cf. 1.120 ; so later, esp. of danger or evil, c. dat., ;ἦλθεν αὐτῷ Ζηνὸς βέλος A.Pr. 360
;μηδ' ὑπ' ἀνάγκας γάμος ἔλθοι Id.Supp. 1032
(lyr.), cf.Pers. 436 ; of reports, commands, etc., Id.Pr. 663, Th.8.19 ; τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις ὡς ἦλθε τὰ γεγενημένα came to their ears, ib.96 ; τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ' αὐτόν that which was about to happen to him, Ev.Jo.18.4 ; of property, which comes or passes to a person by bequest, conveyance, gift, etc., (ii A. D.) ; ἐ. εἴς τινα ἀπὸ παραχωρήσεως, κατὰ δωρεάν, PLond.3.1164e6 (iii A. D.), PMasp.96.22 (vi A. D.) : —Geom., pass, fall, ἔ. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ σαμεῖον pass through the same point, Archim.Aequil.1.15 ; ὅπου ἂν ἔρχηται τὸ ἕτερον σαμεῖον wherever the other point falls, ib.2.10.BPost-Homeric phrases:1 ἐς λόγους ἔρχεσθαί τινι come to speech with, Hdt.6.86.α', S.OC 1164 codd. ; soἐς ὄψιν τινὶ ἐλθεῖν Hdt. 3.42
.2 εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι (v. χείρ) ; soἐς μάχην ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.7.9
.γ ; είς ὸργάς τισιν Pl.R. 572a
.3 ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἔ. increase, S.Ph. 259 ;ἐπὶ μηδέν Id.Fr.871.8
,El. 1000 ; ἐπὶ πᾶν ἐλθεῖν try everything, X.An.3.1.18.4 ἐς τὸ δεινόν, ἐς τὰ ἀλγεινὰ ἐλθεῖν, come into danger, etc., Th.3.45,2.39 ;είς τοσοῦτον αίσχύνης ἐληλύθατον ὥστε.. Pl.Grg. 487b
, etc. ;εἰς τὸ ἔσχατον ἀδικίας Id.R. 361d
; ἐπ' ἔσχατον ἐλθεῖν ἀηδίας Id Phdr. 240d ; ὅσοι ἐνταῦθα ἦλθον ἡλικίας arrived at that time of life, Id.R. 329b ; ἐς ἀσθενὲς ἔ. come to an impotent conclusion, Hdt.1.120 ; ἐς ἀριθμὸν ἐλθεῖν to be numbered, Th.2.72 ;εἰς ἔρωτά τινος ἐλθεῖν Anaxil.21.6
;εἰς ἔλεγχον Philem.93.3
, etc. ; εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθεῖν come to oneself, Ev.Luc.15.17, Arr.Epict.3.1.15.5 παρὰ μικρὸν ἐλθεῖν c. inf., come within a little of, be near a thing, E. Heracl. 296 (anap.) ;παρ' ὀλίγον ἐλθεῖν Plu.Pyrrh.10
; παρὰ τοσοῦτον ἡ Μυτιλήνη ἦλθε κινδύνου so narrow was her escape, Th.3.49 ;παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
;παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθ. ἀπολέσθαι Plu. Cam.8
.6 with διά and gen., periphr. for a Verb, e.g. διὰ μάχης τινὶ ἐλθεῖν forμάχεσθαί τινι Hdt.6.9
, E.Hel. 978, Th.4.92 ; διὰ πυρὸς ἐλθεῖν τινι rage furiously against.., E.Andr. 488 (lyr.) ; but οί διὰ πάντων τῶν καλῶν ἐληλυθότες who have gone through the whole circle of duties, have fulfilled them all, X.Cyr.1.2.15 ;διὰ πολλῶν κινδύνων ἐλθόντες Pl.Alc.2.142a
.7 ἔ. παρὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, παρὰ Ἀρίστωνα, of sexual intercourse, go in to her, to him, Hdt.2.115,6.68 ; πρός τινα, of marriage, X.Oec.7.5.8ἔ. ἐπὶ πόλιν
attack,Th.
2.11.9 ἔ. ἐς depend upon or be concerned with,τό γ' εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐλθόν Aristid. 1.149
J. ;τοῖς λογισμοῖς εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἐρχόμενοι D.S.13.95
;ὅσα εἰς ἀρετὴν ἔρχεται Lib.Or.22.18
; τῶν πραττομένων οὐκ όλίγον εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἤρχετο ib.14.31.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔρχομαι
-
19 κλίνω
Aκλῐνῶ Lyc.557
, ( ἐγκατα-) Ar.Pl. 621: [tense] aor. 1ἔκλῑνα Il.5.37
, etc.: [tense] pf.κέκλῐκα Plb.30.13.2
:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor.ἐκλινάμην Od.17.340
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. κλῐθήσομαι συγ-) E.Alc. 1090, ( κατα-) D.S.8 Fr.19: [tense] fut. 2κατα-κλῐνήσομαι Ar.Eq.98
, Pl.Smp. 222e, also κεκλίσομαι dub. in A.D.Pron.22.7: [tense] aor. 1 ἐκλίθην [ῐ] Od.19.470, S.Tr. 101 (lyr.), 1226, E.Hipp. 211 (anap.), freq. in Prose; poet. also ἐκλίνθην, v. infr. 11.1,2,3: [tense] aor. 2 ἐκλίνην [ῐ] only in compds.,κατακλῐνῆναι Ar.V. 1208
, 1211, X.Cyr.5.2.15, etc.;ξυγκατακλῐνείς Ar.Ach. 981
: [tense] pf. κέκλῐμαι (v. infr.); inf.κεκλίσθαι A.D.Synt.325.3
, but κεκλίνθαι v.l. ib.47.1. ( κλῐ-ν-ψω, for. root κλῐ: κλει-, cf. κλειτύς; Skt. śráyati 'cause to lean', 'support', Lat.clinare, clivus.):—cause to lean, make to slope or slant, ἐπὴν κλίνῃσι τάλαντα Ζεύς when he inclines or turns the scale, Il.19.223; Τρῶας δ' ἔκλιναν Δαναοί made them give way, 5.37, cf. Od.9.59;ἐπεί ῥ' ἔκλινε μάχην Il.14.510
;ἔκλινε γὰρ κέρας.. ἡμῶν E.Supp. 704
; alsoἐκ πυθμένων ἔκλινε.. κλῇθρα S.OT 1262
:— [voice] Med., Περσῶν κλινάμενοι [δύναμιν] IG12.763.2 make one thing slope against another, i.e. lean, rest it,τι πρός τι Il.23.171
, cf. 510; : c.dat., ἔστησαν σάκε' ὤμοισι κλίναντες, i.e. raising their shields so that the upper rim rested on their shoulders, 11.593.3 turn aside, (lyr.); ὄσσε πάλιν κλίνασα having turned back her eyes, Il.3.427; τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀριστερῶν [φλέβας] ἐπὶ τὰ δεξιὰ κ. turn to.., Pl.Ti. 77e.4 make another recline, ἐν κλίνῃ κλῖναί τινας make them lie down at table, Hdt.9.16;κλῖνόν μ' ἐς εὐνήν E. Or. 227
;κλίνατ', οὐ σθένω ποσίν Id.Alc. 267
(lyr.): metaph., ἡμέρα κλίνει τε κἀνάγει πάλιν ἅπαντα τἀνθρώπεια puts to rest, lays low, S. Aj. 131.5 in Magic, make subservient,ψυχήν PMag.Par.1.1718
.II [voice] Pass., lean, ; ὁ δ' ἐκλίνθη, καὶ ἀλεύατο κῆρα μέλαιναν he bent aside, 7.254; of a brasen foot-pan, ἂψ δ' ἑτέρωσ' ἐκλίθη it was tipped over, Od.19.470; of battle, turn,ἐκλίνθη δὲ μάχη Hes.Th. 711
; of a body in equilibrium,οὐδαμόσε κλιθῆναι Pl.Phd. 109a
, cf. Archim. Fluit.1.8,al.2 lean, stay oneself upon or against a thing, c. dat.,ἀσπίσι κεκλιμένοι Il.3.135
; κίονι, κλισμῷ κεκλιμένη, Od.6.307, 17.97;ἠέρι δ' ἔγχος ἐκέκλιτο καὶ ταχἔ ἵππω Il.5.356
(s.v.l.);ἐν δορὶ κεκλιμένος Archil.2
(also in [voice] Med.,κλινάμενος σταθμῷ Od.17.340
);κεκλιμένοι καλῇσιν ἐπάλξεσιν Il.22.3
;πρὸς τοῖχον ἐκλίνθησαν Archil.34
;ξύλα ἐς ἄλληλα κεκλιμένα Hdt.4.73
; ὅταν τύχωσι (sc. αἱ ἄτομοἰ τῇ περιπλοκῇ κεκλιμέναι when they chance to be propped (i.e. checked) by the interlacing with others, Epicur.Ep.1p.8U.3 lie down, fall,ἐν νεκύεσσι κλινθήτην Il.10.350
, etc.; παραὶ λεχέεσσι κλιθῆναι lie beside her on the bed, Od.18.213, cf. S.Tr. 1226: in [tense] pf., to be laid, lie,ἔντεα.. παρ' αὐτοῖσι χθονὶ κέκλιτο Il.10.472
; φύλλων κεκλιμένων of fallen leaves, Od.11.194 ( φύλλα κεκλ. in Thphr.HP3.9.2, slanting leaves);Ληθαίῳ κεκλιμένη πεδίῳ Thgn.1216
; Ἀλφεοῦ πόρῳ κλιθείς laid by Alpheus' stream, Pi.O.1.92; ἐπὶ γόνυ κέκλιται has fallen on her knee, i.e.is humbled, A.Pers. 931 (lyr.);ὑπτία κλίνομαι S.Ant. 1188
;τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐρρήγνυτο τὸ τεῖχος, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐκλίνετο X.HG5.2.5
;οὐ νούσῳ.. οὐδ' ὑπὸ δυσμενέων δούρατι κεκλίμεθα AP7.493
(Antip. Thess.), cf. 315 (Zenod. or Rhian.), 488 (Mnasalc.), Epic.Oxy.214r.3.4 recline at meals,κλιθέντες ἐδαίνυντο Hdt.1.211
, cf. E.Cyc. 543, SIG 1023.48 (Cos, iii/ii B.C.); κλίθητι καὶ πίωμεν cj. in Com.Adesp.1203, cf. E.Fr. 691.5 of Places, lie sloping towards the sea, etc., lie near,ἁλὶ κεκλιμένη Od.13.235
; [νῆσοι] αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται ([dialect] Ep. for κέκλινται) 4.608: hence, of persons, lie on, live on or by, [Ὀρέσβιος] λίμνῃ κεκλιμένος Κηφισίδι Il.5.709
; , cf. 15.740; (lyr.); πλευρὰ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς κεκλιμένη, τὸ εἰς τὰς ἄρκτους κ., Plb.2.14.4, 1.42.5; Eiii 37 (Delph., ii B.C.).6 metaph., τῷδε μέλει κλιθείς having devoted himself to.., Pi.N.4.15 (also in [voice] Act., incline towards,τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους κεκλικότων Plb. 30.13.2
).III [voice] Med., decline, wane, καὶ κλίνεται (sc. τὸ ἦμαρ) S.Fr.255.6.IV intr. in [voice] Act., κ. πρὸς τὸ ξανθὸν χρῶμα incline towards.., Arist.Phgn. 812b3; κλίνοντος ὑπὸ ζόφον ἠελίοιο as the sun was declining, A.R.1.452; ἅμα τῷ κλῖναι τὸ τρίτον μέρος τῆς νυκτός as it came to an end, Plb.3.93.7;ἡ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν Ev.Luc.9.12
;ἡ πόλις ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἔκλινεν X.Mem.3.5.13
;τὸ κλῖνον ἀναλήμψεσθαι PFay.20.14
(iii/iv A.D.). -
20 πέμπω
Aπέμπεσκε Hdt.7.106
: [tense] fut.πέμψω Od.5.167
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.πεμψῶ Theoc.5.141
; [dialect] Ep.inf.πεμψέμεναι Od.10.484
: [tense] aor. ἔπεμψα, [dialect] Ep.πέμψα Il.1.442
, 21.43, etc.: [tense] pf.πέπομφα Th.7.12
, X.Cyr.6.2.10, D.4.48 : [tense] plpf. ἐπεμπόμφει, [dialect] Ion. - εε, X.Cyr.6.2.9, Hdt.1.85 :—[voice] Med. (not in early Prose, exc. in compds. ἀπο-, μετα-, προ-πέμπομαι), [tense] fut. πέμψομαι only f.l. in E. Or. 111 : [tense] aor. :—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.πεμφθήσομαι Str. 1.1.4
, Plu.Demetr.27 : [tense] aor.ἐπέμφθην Pi.N.3.59
, S.El. 1163, etc.: [ per.] 3sg.[tense] pf. , ([etym.] προ-) Th.7.77; part.πεπεμμένος D.23.159
, Luc. Alex.32, D.C.50.13: [tense] plpf.ἐπέπεμπτο Id.36.18
, ([etym.] προὐπ-) Th.8.79 (cj.):— send, freq. of persons, as messengers, spies, etc., Il.3.116, A.Th.37, Hdt.7.15, etc.; of troops, A.Pers.34 (anap.), Th. 470 : c. dupl. acc., ὁδὸν π. τινά send one on a journey, S.Aj. 739, cf.El. 1163 ([voice] Pass.); also of things,πέμψω δέ τοι οὖρον ὄπισθεν Od.5.167
, etc.; π. γράμματα, ἐπιστολήν, Pl.Ep. 310d, 323b; in letters, in the epistolary aorist, Th.1.129, X. An.1.9.25, LXX2 Es.4.14; π. κακόν τινι send one evil, Il.15.109;π. παραβᾶσιν Ἐρινύν A.Ag.59
(anap.); ποινάς, ζημίαν, Id.Eu. 203 (dub.), E.Fr. 506;ψόφον π. ἔσω Id.IT 1308
; ὕπνον, ὀνείρατα, S.Ph.19, El. 460; freq. of omens, π.οἰωνόν, τέρατα, Il.24.310, X.Mem. 1.4.15, cf. Smp. 4.48; ; alsoἱκεσίους π. λιτάς Id.Ph. 495
; π. ἀρωγάς, ἀλκάν, A.Eu. 598, S. OT 189(lyr.):—Constr.:1 c. acc. of place to which, π. τινὰ Θήβας, ἀγρούς, Id.OC 1770 (anap.), OT 761 : also c. dat., (anap.): but usu. with Preps., ἐς Τροίην, φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν, etc., Il.6.207, Od.5.37, etc.;π. εἰς Ἀΐδαο Il.21.48
;δόμον Ἄϊδος εἴσω Od.9.524
; π. εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, Pl.Prt. 325d (so πέμπειν alone, Ar.Fr. 216); π. ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης over.., Od.4.560, etc. ; π.ἐπὶ Θρῃκῶν ἵππους to them, Il.10.464; but πέμπειν ἐπί τι send for a purpose,ἐπ' ὕδωρ Hdt.5.12
;ἐπὶκατασκοπήν X. Cyr.6.2.9
(π. εἰς κ. S.Ph.45);π. ἀρωγὴν ἐπὶ νίκην A.Ch. 477
codd. (anap.); π. ἐπί τινι send to him, Il.2.6; against.., A.Ag. 61 (anap.), etc.; for a purpose,ἐπὶ πολέμῳ X. HG4.8.17
; περί τινος about something, Th.1.91, X.Cyr.6.2.10; ὑπέρ τινος Epist. Philipp. ap.D.12.12; παρά or πρός τινα to some one, Th.2.81, X.An.5.2.6;ὥς τινα Th.8.50
.2 folld. by Advbs., οἴκαδε, οἶκόνδε, Od.19.281, 24.418;ὅνδε δόμονδε Il.16.445
;θύραζε Od.9.461
;πόλεμόνδε Il. 18.452
, etc.; ἕταρον γὰρ.. πέμπ' Ἄϊδόσδε was conducting or convoying Patroclus to Hades, 23.137.3 folld. by inf. of purpose,τὴν.. ἅρμασι π. νέεσθαι Od.4.8
;ἕπεσθαι Il.16.575
;ἰέναι Od.14.396
;ἱκανέμεν 4.29
;ἄγειν 24.419
;φέρειν Il.16.454
; φέρεσθαι ib. 681 ; ; send word,πέμπεις.. σῇ δάμαρτι, παῖδα σὴν δεῦρ' ἀποστέλλειν E.IA 360
; πέμπουσιν οἱ ἔφοροι.. στρατεύεσθαι sent him orders to march, X.HG3.1.7 : also c. part.,κήρυκας π. ἀγγέλλοντας IG 12.76.22
: the place from which is expressed by ἀπό or ἐκ, Il.16.447, Od.11.635, etc.4 abs., ;πέμπει κελεύων Th.1.91
, 2.81;ἐκέλευε.. πέμπων X. An.2.3.1
;ἔπεμπε πρὸς Κῦρον δεόμενος Id.Cyr.1.5.4
;ἔπεμπον ἐρωτῶντες Id.An.6.6.4
, etc.5 send forward, nominate a person for a post, ὀνόματα Wilcken Chr.28.20 (ii A.D.) :—[voice] Pass., ib.392.7 (ii A.D.).II send forth or away, dismiss, send home,τὸν ξεῖνον Od.7.227
, al.: less freq. in Il., as 24.780; χρὴ ξεῖνον παρεόντα φιλεῖν, ἐθέλοντα δὲ πέμπειν 'welcome the coming, speed the parting guest', Od.15.74 ;ὑπέδεκτο καὶ πέμπε 23.315
; of the father who sends off his daughter to go to her husband, c. dat., 4.5 ;π. τινὰ ἄποικον S.OT 1518
, etc.2 of missiles, discharge, shoot, : metaph.,ὄμματος.. τόξευμα A. Supp. 1005
: abs.,οἱ πολλάκις πέμποντες ἔστιν ὅτε τυγχάνουσι τοῦ σκοποῦ Eun. VS p.495
B.III conduct, escort, Il.1.390, Od.14.336, S.Tr. 571, etc.; freq. of Hermes and other gods, Od.11.626, A. Eu. 12, Supp. 219; ὁ πέμπων abs., of Hermes, S. Ph. 133 (cf.πομπός, πομπαῖος, etc.); of a ship, convey, carry, Od.8.556, cf. A.Supp. 136(lyr.); (lyr.), cf. Pi.P.4.203 ([voice] Pass.).2 πομπὴν π. conduct, or take part in, a procession, Hdt.5.56, Ar. Ec. 757, Th.6.56, Lys. 13.80, D.4.26, etc.; π. χορούς move in dancing procession, E.El. 434(lyr.); Παναθήναια π. Men. 494, Philostr. VA4.22 :—[voice] Pass., φαλλὸς Διονύσῳ πεμπόμενος carried in procession in his honour, Hdt.2.49, cf. Plu.Aem. 32, Demetr.12;τῆς πομπῆς ὅπως ἂν ὡς κάλλισταπεμφθῇ IG12.84.27
;χορὸς ὁ εἰς Δῆλον πεμπόμενος X. Mem.3.3.12
.IV send as a present, εἵματα, σῖτον, Od. 16.83,4.623; π. δῶρα, σκῦλα, ξένια, Hdt.7.106 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.), S.Ph. 1429, X.Cyr.3.1.42.B [voice] Med., πέμπεσθαί τινα send for one, S.OC 602, ubiv. Sch.; τί χρῆμ' ἐπέμψω τὸν ἐμὸν ἐκ δόμων πόδα; E.Hec. 977.
См. также в других словарях:
πους — Όρος που δηλώνει τη μετρική μονάδα των ελληνικών και λατινικών στίχων. Διακρίνουμε στους π. μία άρση (ισχυρή συλλαβή, συνήθως μακρά, στην οποία πέφτει ο ρυθμικός τόνος) και μία θέση (ασθενή συλλαβή). Η βραχεία συλλαβή (υ) υπολογιζόταν ως μετρική… … Dictionary of Greek
ανάγω — (Α ἀνάγω) 1. οδηγώ προς τα επάνω, υψώνω, ανυψώνω, ανεβάζω 2. λέγω ή υποστηρίζω πού οφείλεται κάτι, τό φέρνω πίσω στην αρχή ή την αιτία τού, αποδίδω, αναφέρω νεοελλ. 1. αναφέρω, αποδίδω χρονικά 2. μεσ. ανήκω χρονικά 3. μετασχηματίζω, μετατρέπω… … Dictionary of Greek
Ρωσία — H Pωσική Oμοσπονδία αποτελεί το μεγαλύτερο σε έκταση κράτος της γης. Tα σύνορά της ξεκινούν από την Eυρώπη, καλύπτουν όλη την Aσία και φτάνουν στην Άπω Aνατολή. Bόρεια και ανατολικά βρέχεται από τον Aρκτικό και τον Eιρηνικό Ωκεανό και στα δυτικά… … Dictionary of Greek
τίθημι — ΝΜΑ (μέσ. παθ.) τίθεμαι τοποθετούμαι νεοελλ. (κυρίως σε φρ.) α) «τίθεμαι επικεφαλής» i) μπαίνω πρώτος στη σειρά ii) μτφ. γίνομαι αρχηγός, προΐσταμαι β) «τίθεμαι επί ποδός» δραστηριοποιούμαι, κινητοποιούμαι γ) «τίθεμαι επί το έργον» καταπιάνομαι… … Dictionary of Greek
PHILOCYNEGUS — Graece φιλοκύνηγος, nomen canis venatici, in vetere Epitaphio, quod Pergami hodieque exstat, in haec verba: Τοὔνομα φιλοκύνηγος ἐμοὶ, τᾶος γὰρ ὑπάρχων Θηρσὶν ἐπὶ φοβεροῖς κραιπνὸν ἔθηκα πόδα. Latine sic reddi potest: Philocynegus ego dicor: quô… … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale
κλίνω — (AM κλίνω, Α αιολ. τ. κλίννω) 1. (μτβ.) κάνω κάποιον ή κάτι να στραφεί ή να γείρει πλάγια ή προς τα κάτω, τό γέρνω, τό πλαγιάζω ή λυγίζω, κάμπτω κάτι (α. «ο δυνατός άνεμος έκλινε τους κορμούς τών δέντρων» β. «ἐπὴν κλίνῃσι τάλαντα Ζεύς» όταν ο… … Dictionary of Greek
εφέλκω — (Α ἐφέλκω, ιων. τ. ἐπέλκω) σύρω, τραβώ προς το μέρος μου αρχ. 1. σύρω, τραβώ κάτι πίσω από κάποιον 2. οδηγώ σέρνοντας («ἐκ τοῡ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα», Ηρόδ.) 3. (για πλοίο) ρυμουλκώ («ναῡς ὥς ἐφέλξω», Ηρόδ.) 4. (για άρρωστα ζώα ή ανθρώπους)… … Dictionary of Greek
μηχανή — I Με γενική έννοια μ. είναι κάθε διάταξη κατάλληλη να εκμεταλλεύεται μια ορισμένη μορφή ενέργειας για να επιτελέσει ένα έργο ή για να τη μετατρέψει σε μια άλλη μορφή ενέργειας. Οι μ. που συνήθως ονομάζονται απλές (μοχλός, σκοινί, κεκλιμένο… … Dictionary of Greek
σαλεύω — ΝΜΑ, και, κυρίως στον Ερωτόκρ., σαλεύγω Ν [σάλος] 1. (μτβ.) α) κινώ κάτι εδώ κι εκεί, σείω, κουνώ (α. «τα κύματα σαλεύουν την βάρκα» β. «σαλεύει τρικυμιᾳ πέδον», Λυκόφρ.) β) τραντάζω («καὶ σαλεύσει αὐτοὺς ἐκ θεμελίων», Σοφ.) 2. (αμτβ.) κινούμαι… … Dictionary of Greek
στηρίζω — ΝΜΑ 1. κάνω κάτι σταθερό, ακλόνητο, εδραίο, στερεώνω, υποβαστάζω (α. «στήριξαν τον τοίχο με δοκάρια και δεν έπεσε» β. «Ζεὺς στήριξε κατὰ χθονός», Ησίοδ.) 2. (μέσ. και παθ.) στηρίζομαι α) ακουμπώ σταθερά σε κάτι, στέκομαι σε σταθερό υπόβαθρο (α.… … Dictionary of Greek
MULTIFORMIS Calceus — dicitur Tertulliano l. de velandis Virgin. c. 12. is, qui dispunctionibus incisurisque varie ac artificiose distinctus erat: quod genus, Epicteti in Enchiridio testimoniô, auratis et purpureis antistabat: Sic enim illc, ἐπὶ τοῦ ὑποδήματος ἐὰν… … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale